TIMBER SCREWS AND DECK FASTENING - 2023

Page 1


TIMBER SCREWS AND DECK FASTENING

TIMBER,

CONCRETE,

METAL TERRACES AND FAÇADES

PARTIALLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD

PLATE FASTENING

PARTIALLY THREADED - FLANGE HEAD

CONCRETE

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE

CONCRETE AND MASONRY

FULLY THREADED - CYLINDRICAL HEAD

FULLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD

METAL

TIMBER-TO-METAL

FASTENING METAL SHEET

DOUBLE THREAD

DECKS AND FACADES

HEADQUARTERS

• product development

• certification

• quality check

MANUFACTURING PLANT

INCREASINGLY FAST, SECURE, TECHNOLOGICAL CONNECTIONS

We have a new plant in Italy that enhances the development, production and distribution of screws and connectors.

We have supported timber construction for more than 30 years because we believe it is the right way to build a better future. We design in Alto Adige, we produce in Italy and around the

world, we export everywhere. Our screws are associated with a unique identification code that guarantees traceability from raw material to marketing.

Connecting worlds, materials and people is what we do best, ever since.

rothoblaas.com

The service classes are related to the thermo-hygrometric conditions of the environment in which a timber structural element is installed. They relate the temperature and humidity of the surroundings to the water content within the material.

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY CLASSES

EXPOSURE

WOOD CORROSIVITY CLASSES

Corrosion caused by wood depends on the wood species, wood treatment and moisture content. Exposure is defined by the TE category as indicated. The corrosivity of wood only affects the connector part inserted in the wooden element.

MOISTURE LEVEL

DISTANCE FROM THE SEA

Corrosion caused by the atmosphere depends on relative humidity, air pollution, chloride content and whether the connection is internal, external protected or external. Exposure is described by the CE category which is based on category C as defined in EN ISO 9223. Atmospheric corrosivity only affects the exposed part of the connector. use

POLLUTION

(i.e. not directly exposed to rain or precipitation), in uninsulated and unconditioned structures

elements directly exposed to the weather and not permanently exposed to water elements immersed in soil or water (e.g. foundation piles and marine structures) saturated

HOW MUCH DO WE KNOW ABOUT SCREWS?

Theory, practice, experimental campaigns: putting it all together on screws takes years of lectures, workshops and construction sites. We make it available to you in 70 pages that are extra catalogue. Because our experience is in your hands.

Scan the QR code to download the smartbook

COMPLETE RANGE

HEADS AND TIPS

HEAD TYPE

COUNTERSUNK WITH RIBS

HBS, HBS COIL, HBS EVO C4/C5, HBS S, VGS, VGS EVO C4/C5, VGS A4, SCI A2/A4, SBS, SPP, MBS

FLANGE

TBS , TBS MAX, TBS EVO C4/C5, TBS S, FAS A4

FLAT FLANGE

TBS FRAME

COUNTERSUNK SMOOTH

HTS, DRS, DRT, SKS EVO, SBS A2, SBN, SBN A2, SCI HCR

COUNTERSUNK 60°

SHS, SHS AISI410, HBS H

ROUND

LBS, LBS EVO, LBS H, LBS H EVO

HEXAGONAL

KOP, SKR EVO, VGS, VGS EVO, MTS A2, SAR

CONE-SHAPED

KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR

PAN HEAD

HBS P, HBS P EVO, KKF AISI410

REINFORCED PAN HEAD

HBS PLATE, HBS PLATE EVO, HBS PLATE A4

CONVEX

EWS A2, EWS AISI410, MCS A2

CYLINDRICAL

VGZ, VGZ EVO C4/C5, VGZ H, DGZ, CTC, MBZ, SBD, KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5, KKA AISI410, KKA COLOR

BUGLE

DWS, DWS COIL

TIP TYPE

3 THORNS

SELF-DRILLING

SHARP

SHARP SAW

HBS S, TBS S VGS

SHARP SAW NIBS (RBSN)

SHARP 2 CUT

KKT COLOR

STANDARD FOR WOOD

MBS, MBZ, KOP, MTS A2

HARD WOOD TIMBER

HBS H, VGZ H

HARD WOOD (STEEL - to - TIMBER)

LBS H, LBS H EVO

HARD WOOD (DECKING)

KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5

SKR EVO, SKS EVO

METAL (TAPERED TIP) CONCRETE

SBD

METAL (WITH FINS)

SBS, SBS A2, SPP

METAL (WITHOUT FINS)

SBD, SBN, SBN A2, KKA AISI 410, KKA COLOR

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

Extensive test campaigns carried out in Rothoblaas' own laboratories and at external institutions on softwood, hardwood and LVL have resulted in the development of a performing product in every respect.

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

REDUCTION OF MINIMUM DISTANCES

Featuring raised slitting elements and an umbrella thread tip ensures a quick initial grip and easy installation, reduces torsional stress on the screw and minimises timber damage. The aesthetic finish

LEGEND standard tip standard tip (with pre-drilled hole)

3 THORNS tip self-drilling tip

To be inserted, the screw must overcome the strength force of the wood. The screwing force, measured through the insertion moment (Mins), is only minimised if the tip is performing.

Thanks to its counter-threaded slitting elements, the 3 THORNS tip facilitates insertion of the screw into the grains without damaging them.

It acts as a guide hole, allowing the reduction of edge distances and screw spacing. At the same time, it prevents wooden element's cracking and mechanisms of brittle failure of the connection.

The graph shows the development of the insertion moment for screws with different geometric characteristics of the drill bit and the same boundary conditions (screw diameter, thread length and type, timber substrate material, applied force) as a function of the penetration length (Lins).

The accumulated torsional stress on the screw with a 3 THORNS tip (C) during its insertion is significantly lower than in the case of screws with standard tips (A) and is close to the screwing with pre-drilling hole (B).

The sequence represents the test procedure for the evaluation of minimum distances for axially stressed screws according to EAD 130118-01-0603.

The test is performed by tightening the screw, unscrewing it after 24 hours and filling the hole with dye to check its diffusion inside the wooden element. The portion of wood affected by the insertion of the screw is proportional to the red area.

The 3 THORNS tip (C) exhibits similar behaviour to that of the standard screw inserted with pre-drilling hole (B), tending towards the case of the self-drilling tip screw (D).

standard tip
3 THORNS tip
standard tip (with pre-drilled hole) self-drilling tip
The picture shows the insertion of screws with different tips and shows the change in pull-through depth after 1.0 second of tightening.

COMPLETE RANGE

MATERIALS AND COATINGS

CARBON STEEL WITH COATING

C5 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt spray exposure time (SST) according to ISO 9227 greater than 3000h (test carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir).

C4 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING

Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 proven by RISE

ORGANIC ANTI-CORROSION COATING

Coloured organic-based coating that provides excellent resistance to atmospheric and wood corrosive agents in outdoor applications.

ELECTROLYTIC GALVANIZING

Coating consisting of a layer of electrolytic galvanizing with Cr passivation; standard for most connectors

STAINLESS STEEL

HIGH CORROSION RESISTANT - CRC V

Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by high molybdenum and low carbon content. It offers very high resistance to general corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, intergranular corrosion and pitting. The appropriate choice for exposed fasteners in indoor pools.

STAINLESS STEEL A4 | AISI316 - CRC III

Austenitic stainless steel. The presence of molybdenum provides high resistance to generalised and crevice corrosion.

STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI304 - CRC II

Austenitic stainless steel. It is the most common of the austenitic steels. It offers an excellent level of protection against generalised corrosion.

STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI305 - CRC II

Austenitic stainless steel similar to A2 | AISI304. This alloy contains slightly more carbon than A2 | AISI304, making it more workable in production.

AISI410 STAINLESS STEEL

Martensitic stainless steel, characterised by its high carbon content. Suitable for outdoor applications (SC3). This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels.

LEGEND:

atmospheric corrosivity classes

Rothoblaas experience Rothoblaas experience wood corrosivity classes colour

Atmospheric corrosivity classes defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223 and EN 1993-1-4:2014 (for stainless steel, an equivalent atmospheric corrosivity class was determined considering only the influence of chlorides and without a cleaning maintenance). Wood corrosivity classes according to EN 14592:2022.

For further information, see SMARTBOOK TIMBER SCREWS at www.rothoblaas.com.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

EVO COATINGS

Rothoblaas research projects result in coatings that meet the most complex market requirements. Our goal is to offer stateof-the-art fastening solutions that guarantee uncompromising mechanical strength and corrosion resistance.

Atmospheric corrosivity class C4: areas with a high concentration of pollutants, salts or chlorides. For example, heavily polluted urban and industrial areas and coastal zones.

Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes.

1440 h

Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust.

DISTANCE FROM THE SEA

RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) C4 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2) C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)

Atmospheric corrosivity class C5: areas with a very high concentration of salts, chlorides or corrosive agents from production processes. For example, places by the sea or areas of high industrial pollution.

Organic-based multilayer coating with a functional layer. The top-coat has a sealing function, which delays the start of the corrosion reaction.

Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust carried out on previously screwed and unscrewed Douglas fir screws.

C4 C5

TIMBER

VGS

FULLY

VGS EVO FULLY

60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW

SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP

The 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness without creating openings in the timber.

ENLARGED IMPRESSION

Compared to common carpentry screws, it has a larger Torx cavity: TX 25 for Ø4 and 4.5, TX 30 for Ø5. It is the right screw for users requiring strength and precision.

FASTENING ON TONGUE AND GROOVE BOARDS

For fixing beads or small elements, the 3.5 mm diameter version is perfectly suited for application in joints.

Ø4 - Ø4,5 - Ø5

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• tongue-and-groove boards

• timber based panels

• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF

• plated and melamine faced panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

( * ) 40 26 14 500 SHS3550 ( * ) 50 34 16 500

( * ) Not holding CE marking.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 19

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

1( * )

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a

SHEAR TENSION

ε = screw-to-grain angle

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

SHS AISI410

60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW

SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP

The concealed 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness without creating openings in the timber.

OUTDOOR ON ACID WOOD

Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).

SMALL ELEMENTS FASTENING

The smaller diameter versions are ideal for fixing beads or small elements, the 3.5 mm diameter version is perfectly suited for fastening tongue-and-groove boards.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT, LVL

woods and acid woods

martensitic

WINDOWS AND DOORS ON THE OUTSIDE

SHS AISI140 is the right choice for fastening small outdoor elements such as beads, façades and window/door frames.

External casing slats fixed with 6 and 8 mm diameter SHS AISI410 screws.

Fastening hardwood and acid wood in farfrom-sea environments with SHS AISI410 8 mm diameter.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

SHS N AISI410 - black version

CODES AND DIMENSIONS APPLICATION

ρ k = 665-760 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9

ρ k = 580-600 kg/m3 pH = 3,4-3,7

ρ k = 690-960 kg/m3 pH = 3,4-4,2

ρ k = 550-980 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2

ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,3-5,8

ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,1-4,4

Possible installation on acid wood but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).

ρ k = 490-630 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9

ρ k = 500-620 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,8

Find out the pH and density of the various wood species on page 314 “aggressive” woods high acidity "standard" timbers low acidity

Specially designed to match façades made of charred wood, the black SHS N variant ensures perfect compatibility and offers an excellent aesthetic result. Thanks to its strength to corrosion, it can be used outdoors, allowing to create striking and long-lasting black façades. ( * ) Not holding CE marking.

FAÇADES IN DARK TIMBER

Douglas fir Pseudotsuga menziesii
Red oak Quercus rubra
American black cherry Prunus serotina
Maritime pine Pinus pinaster
Oak Quercus petraea
Oak or European oak Quercus robur
European chestnut Castanea sativa
Blue Douglas fir Pseudotsuga taxifolia

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

geometry

SHEAR

timber-to-timber panel-to-timber

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

TENSION

thread withdrawal head pull-through

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES

• The characteristic shear and tensile strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens,V coefficient (see page 19).

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 18).

FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, the screw can be installed without pre-drilling hole on even very thin joinery and furniture wood, such as melamine-faced panels, plated panels or MDF.

FINE THREAD

A fine thread is ideal for utmost screwing precision, even on MDF panels. The cavity for the Torx bit ensures stability and security.

LONG THREAD

The thread is 80% the length of the screw and the smooth part under head guarantees maximum coupling efficiency with fibreboard panels.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF

• plated and melamine faced panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

3

10

( * ) 12 6

( * ) 16 10 500

20 14

HTS3516 ( * ) 16 10

HTS3520 ( * ) 20 14

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

HINGES AND FURNITURE

The total thread and countersunk head geometry are ideal for fastening metal hinges when building furniture. Ideal for use with single bit (included in the package), easily exchanged in the driver bit holder. The new self-perforating tip increases the initial grip capacity of the screw.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ).

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 42).

• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 34).

STRUCTURAL

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

FAST

With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.

JOINTS WITH SOUNDPROOFING PROFILES

The screw has been tested and characterised in applications with soundproofing layers (XYLOFON) interposed on the shear plane.

The impact of acoustic profiles on the mechanical performance of the HBS screw is described on page 74

NEW-GENERATION WOODS

Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL.

Extremely versatile, the HBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF

• plated and melamine faced panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

CLT, LVL AND HARDWOOD

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT, LVL and high density woods such as beech LVL.

Wall insulation boards fastening with THERMOWASHER and HBS 8 mm diameter.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fastening CLT walls with 6 mm diameter HBS screws.

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

moment

resistance parameter

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

softwood (softwood)

3,5 TX 15

4 TX 20

4,5 TX 20

5 TX 25

6 TX 30

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

35

a4,t [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50

a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 42

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

= RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42

and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42 Internationality is also measured in the

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic strength to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was evaluated using timber or timber based elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied: Fv,d

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES | TIMBER

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

NOTES | CLT

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1

• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

NOTES | LVL

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.

• Screws shorter than the minimum in the table are not compatible with the calculation assumptions and are therefore not reported.

NOTES | LVL

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.

• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross grain softwood LVL.

• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum thickness of LVL elements tmin:

t1 ≥ 8,4 d - 9

t2 ≥ 11,4 d 75

where:

- t 1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thickness of the most external LVL;

- t 2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or more elements.

SCREWING USING CATCH

Place the bit inside the CATCH screwing device and fasten it to the correct depth depending on the chosen connector.

CATCH is suitable with long connectors where the insert would otherwise tend to come out of the screw head space.

PARTIALLY THREADED SCREWS vs FULLY THREADED SCREW

Compressible elements are interposed between two timber beams and a screw is screwed centrally to evaluate its effect on the connection.

APPLICATION ON HARDWOODS

Pre-drill a hole of the required diameter (d V,H) and length equal to the chosen connector size using the SNAIL tip.

RELATED PRODUCTS

The partial thread screw (e.g. HBS) allows the joint to be closed. The threaded portion, inserted all the way inside the second element, allows the first element to slide on the smooth shank.

Install the screw (e.g. HBS).

Useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force.

The fully threaded screw (e.g. VGZ) transfers the force by exploiting its axial strength and penetrates inside the timber elements without moving.

Alternatively, specific screws for hardwood applications (e.g. HBSH) can be used, which can be inserted without the aid of pre-drill hole

HBS SOFTWOOD

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

SAW TIP

Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the timber grains, facilitating initial grip and subsequent pull-through.

LONGER THREAD

Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great versatility.

SOFTWOOD

Optimised geometry for maximum performance on the most common construction timbers.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

TIMBER ROOF

The screws’ fast initial grip makes it possible to create secure structural connections in all assembly conditions.

SIP PANELS

The size range is specially designed for the application of fasteners on medium and large structural elements, such as lightweight boards and frames, up to SIP and Sandwich panels.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

5 TX 25

6 TX 30

RELATED PRODUCTS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d 1 [mm] 5 6 8

a 1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 a1 [mm] 5∙d 25

a 2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a 2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30

a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120

a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80

a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a4,t [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80

a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 49

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

1( * )

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

HBS COIL

HBS BOUND SCREWS

QUICK, IN SERIES USE

Quick and precise installation. Fast and safe execution thanks to the special binding.

HBS 6,0 mm

Also available in a diameter of 6,0 mm, ideal for quick wall-to-wall fastening in CLT structures.

FAST

With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF

• plated and melamine faced panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY | HZB

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

For mechanical properties and structural values see HBS on page 30.

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS

Further information on page 401.

Ø6 mm HBS COIL APPLICATION

The adapter plates for use of 4,0, 4,5 and 5,0 diameter HBS COIL screws are already supplied with the respective screwdriver loaders. To use HBS COIL screws with a diameter of 6.0, the adapter plates supplied must be replaced with the adapter plate HZB6PLATE. For HBS COIL screws diameter 6,0 it is also necessary to use the appropriate TX30 bit (code HH14001469). We recommend using the extension HH14411591 for an easier installation of the screws on horizontal planes.

HH3372
HH14411591
HH14001469
HH3338

HBS EVO

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

C4 EVO COATING

Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt sprayexposure test, as per ISO 9227. It can be used for service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER

The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.

T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

SERVICE CLASS 3

Certified for use in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions. Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss).

PERGOLAS AND DECKS

The smaller sizes are ideal for securing boards and battens of decks set up outdoors.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

RELATED PRODUCTS

TURNED WASHER

see page 68

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

ε = screw-to-grain angle

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see HBS on page 30

• The characteristic strengths of HBS EVO screws with HUS EVO can be found on page 52

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering a α angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ). For the case of a thick plate, refer to the structural values of the HBS screw on page 30

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

HBS EVO C5

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH

It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements, reducing costs and time.

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

RELATED PRODUCTS

HUS EVO

TURNED WASHER

see page 68

HBS HARDWOOD

COUNTERSUNK SCREW FOR HARDWOODS

HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION

Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA11/0030 certification for use with high density timber without any predrill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (α = 0° - 90°).

INCREASED DIAMETER

Internal thread diameter increased to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. Excellent twisting moment values. HBS H Ø6 mm, comparable to a diameter of 7 mm; HBS H Ø8 mm, comparable to a diameter of 9 mm.

60° COUNTERSUNK HEAD

Concealed head, 60°, for effective, minimally invasive insertion, even in high density woods.

HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD

Approved for different types of applications without the need for predrill hole with softwood and hardwood used simultaneously. For example: composite beam (softwood and hardwood) and hybrid engineered timbers (softwood and hardwood).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE

Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.

BEECH LVL

Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to 800 kg/m3

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

with

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm] 15∙d

a 2 [mm] 7∙d 42

a3,t [mm] 20∙d

a3,c [mm] 15∙d 90

a4,t [mm] 7∙d 42

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 42

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

[mm] 15∙d 90

[mm] 15∙d 90

a4,t [mm] 12∙d 72

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 42

NOTE on page 66

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

1( * )

( * ) For intermediate a1

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD

VALUES EN 1995:2014

STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• A suitable pilot hole may be required for the insertion of some connectors. For further details please see ETA-11/0030.

NOTES | TIMBER (SOFTWOOD)

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES | TIMBER

• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

NOTES | HARDWOOD

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

NOTES | BEECH LVL

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.

• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

NOTES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS

• In the calculation, a density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 was assumed for softwood elements, a density ρ k = 550 kg/m3 for hardwood (oak) elements and a density ρ k = 730 kg/m3 for beech LVL elements.

• For softwood and hardwood elements, an angle ε = 90° between the connector and the grain was considered in the calculation.

• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered in the calculation.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING

Structural connection elements in digital format

Complete with three-dimensional geometric features and additional parametric information, they are available in IFC, REVIT, ALLPLAN, ARCHICAD and TEKLA format, and are ready to integrate into your next successful project. Down-load them now!

TURNED WASHER

COMPATIBILITY

It is the ideal coupling for countersunk screws (HBS, VGS, SBS-SPP, SCI, etc.) when the axial strength of the connection is to be increased.

TIMBER-TO-METAL

It is the optimal choice for connections on metal plates with cylindrical holes.

HUS EVO

The HUS EVO version increases the washer's corrosion resistance due to the special surface treatment. This allows it to be used in service class 3 and atmospheric corrosion class C4.

HUS 15°

The 15° angled washer is specifically designed for particular timber-to-metal applications where just a small angle is needed for screw insertion. The HUS BAND double-sided adhesive tape holds the washer in place during overhead applications.

FIELDS OF USE

• thin, thick metal plates with cylindrical holes

• timber based panels • solid timber and glulam

CLT and LVL

high density woods

HUS 15°
HUS
HUS A4
HUS A4
HUS EVO

HUS 15° - 15° angled washer

CODE d HBS d VGS pcs [mm] [mm]

HUS815 8 9 50

HUS - turned washer

HUS EVO - turned washer

HUS BAND - double-sided adhesive for HUS washers

CODE d int d ext pcs [mm] [mm]

HUSBAND 22 30 50

Compatible with HUS815, HUS10, HUS12, HUS10A4.

HUS A4 - turned washer

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

HUS - HUS EVO - HUS A4 HUS 15°

Steel plate thickness S

(1)The choice of diameter is also linked to the diameter of the screw used.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Head-pull-through parameter

head,k [N/mm 2]

For applications with different materials or with high density please see ETA-11/0030.

HUS 15°

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

15°

SHEAR

HUS

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

HUS/HUS EVO

ε = screw-to-grain angle

timber-to-timber

SHEAR

steel-to-timber thin plate

steel-to-timber thick plate

head pull-through with washer

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws and washers, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic strength to head pull-through with washer was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

NOTES

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering the bearing plane of the washer parallel to the grains.

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .

• A density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 for the timber elements and ρ k = 350 kg/m3 for the CLT elements was considered during the calculation. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 34).

• The characteristic values on CLT are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

• The characteristic shear and pull-through strength of the head with HUS on CLT can be found on page 39

• For available HBS and HBS EVO screw sizes and structural values see pages 30 and 52

• Characteristic strengths for HUS A4 can be

on page 323

Drill a D F = 20 mm diameter hole in the metal plate at the insertion point of the HUS815 washer.

Drill a guide hole with a diameter of 5 mm and a minimum length of 20 mm, preferably using the JIGVGU945 template to ensure the correct installation direction.

We recommend applying HUSBAND adhesive underneath the HUS815 washer to facilitate application.

Install the HBS screw of the desired length. Do not use pulse screw guns. Pay attention when tightening the connection.

STEEL-TIMBER INSTALLATION FROM BELOW

If the clearance (F) is small, the screws are installed using a long insert; both flanges must be drilled.

RELATED PRODUCTS

In this F range, there are not enough long bits and not enough free space for the operator to manoeuvre. The slight inclination of the HUS 15° allows for easy fastening.

Remove the liner and apply the washer at the hole, paying attention to the insertion direction.

Installation completed. The 15° screw angle ensures that the distance to the head of the panel (or beam) is maintained.

When sufficient free space is available for installation, a HUS washer can also be used, within the minimum distances.

XYLOFON WASHER

SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS

ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE

It improves soundproofing by decoupling of timber-to-timber joints made with screws.

STATICS

The washer increases the rope effect in the connection, thus improving the static performance of the detail.

SWELLING OF TIMBER

It gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS

ULS 440 - WASHER

For more information on the product, go to www.rothoblaas.com.

GEOMETRY

MATERIAL polyurethane

PU

TESTED

The static performance has been tested at the University of Innsbruck for safe use in structural applications.

SAFE

Thanks to its modified polyurethane blend, it is extremely chemically stable and resistant to creep deformation.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND ACOUSTICS

The mechanical behaviour of timber-to-timber shear connections with a resilient sound insulation profile in between was studied in depth, both in terms of strength and stiffness, through an extensive experimental campaign.

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION

ANALYTICAL CHARACTERISATION OF A GAP CONNECTION USING PREDICTIVE MODELS

For the analytical evaluation of the mechanical parameters of the connection (strength and stiffness), models available in the literature were applied, which modify Johansen's basic theory.

APPLICATION OF THE MODEL TO CONNECTIONS WITH AN INTERPOSED RESILIENT PROFILE

Over 50 configurations considered by varying numerous parameters.

RESILIENT PROFILES

Thickness investigated: 6 mm, 2 x 6 mm, 3 x 6 mm

(monolithic and deformable)

(expanded and compressible)

ASSESSMENT OF THE FRICTION COEFFICIENT μ FOR XYLOFON ACOUSTIC PROFILES

The tests carried out revealed interface properties of a frictional nature that seem to particularly influence the behaviour of the timber connections, especially in terms of strength.

(monolithic and deformable)

CONNECTORS

EXECUTION OF MONOTONIC TESTS

For the validation of the predictive model studied, samples with one and two shear planes were tested.

EXECUTION OF CYCLIC TESTS

For the comparison of the behaviour under monotonic and cyclic loads, samples with two shear planes were tested.

over 250 TESTS

Experimental campaign carried out in cooperation with: CIRI Edilizia e Costruzioni Interdepartmental Centre for Industrial Research Alma Mater Studiorum - Università di Bologna

PIANO A-B
PIANO C-D-E

CAMPAIGN RESULTS

The results were analysed by bi-linearising the experimental curves. It can be seen that the cyclic behaviour is consistent with the monotonic behaviour.

Graphical representation of experimental data from monotonic tests (left) and cyclic tests (right).

INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS

The comparative analysis focused mainly on strength and stiffness parameters. The values obtained in the various configurations were dimensioned with respect to the TIMBER case.

Monolithic, deformable polyurethane and EPDM profiles (represented by XYLOFON 70 in the graphs) do not significantly change the strength of the connection when the elastic modulus of the material changes compared to the timber-to-timber case.

With expanded and compressible profiles (represented by PLAN B in the graphs), on the other hand, the variation from the reference configuration is more significant.

parameter influence on strength

profile structure medium-high Ry as compressibility increases ( *) medium

s profile thickness significant Ry as thickness increases (for s > 6 mm) significant

d connector diameter medium ΔRy as the diameter increases medium

interface properties significant Ry as the profile hardness decreases (shore) low (*) Directly proportional to the % of air contained in the material.

According to the analytical model, the use of large thickness values ( s > 6 mm ) leads to a progressive degradation of strength and stiffness regardless of the type of profile interposed.

Mechanical stiffness, on the other hand, shows a more or less marked degradation trend depending on the different parameters investigated and their interconnection.

In conclusion, the mechanical behaviour of the investigated connections under monotonic and cyclic loading conditions is not particularly influenced by the presence of the monolithic XYLOFON and PIANO acoustic profiles.

The strength values, as a first approximation, can, in the case of profiles with a thickness not exceeding 6 mm, always be traced back to the case of direct timber-to-timber connection, thus neglecting the presence of the acoustic profile. COMPLETE SCIENTIFIC REPORT CATALOGUE SOUNDPROOFING SOLUTIONS

XYLOFON

TBS FLANGE HEAD SCREW

INTEGRATED WASHER

The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

NEW-GENERATION WOODS

Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL.

Extremely versatile, the TBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.

FAST

With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

SECONDARY BEAMS

Ideal for fastening joists to sill beams to achieve high wind uplift resistance. The flange head guarantees excellent tensile strength which means the use of additional lateral fastening systems can be avoided.

I-JOIST

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.

Fastening SIP panels with 8 mm diameter TBS screws.

Fastening CLT walls with TBS screws.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL

CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 87

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

1( * )

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 87

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL

WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 87

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 87

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strength are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ k [kg/m3

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES | TIMBER

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

NOTES | CLT

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1

• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

NOTES | LVL

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.

• Screws shorter than the minimum in the table are not compatible with the calculation assumptions and are therefore not reported.

NOTES | LVL

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.

• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross grain softwood LVL.

• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum thickness of LVL elements tmin:

t1 ≥ 8,4 d - 9

t2 ≥ 11,4 d 75

where:

- t 1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thickness of the most external LVL; - t 2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or more elements.

TBS SOFTWOOD

FLANGE HEAD SCREW

SAW TIP

Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the timber grains, facilitating initial grip and subsequent pull-through.

INTEGRATED WASHER

The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.

LONGER THREAD

Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great versatility.

SOFTWOOD

Optimised geometry for maximum performance on the most common construction timbers.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

TIMBER FRAME & SIP PANELS

Range of sizes designed for fastening applications of medium to large structural elements such as lightweight boards and frames up to SIP and Sandwich type panels.

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

[mm]

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 91

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

geometry

timber-to-timber ε=90°

TENSION

panel-to-timber thread withdrawal head pull-through

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

DISTANCES

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2)

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

TBS MAX

XL FLANGE HEAD SCREW

FLANGE HEAD OF INCREASED SIZE

The oversized head provides excellent head pull-through strength and joint tightening capacity.

LONGER THREAD

The oversized thread of the TBS MAX guarantees excellent withdrawal resistance and closing strength of the joint.

RIBBED FLOORS

Thanks to its large head and oversized thread, it is the ideal screw in the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke). Used in conjunction with SHARP METAL, it optimises the number of fasteners by avoiding the use of presses when gluing timber elements together.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• SIP and ribbed panels.

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

8 TX 40 24,5

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Nominal diameter d 1 [mm]

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

TBS MAX FOR RIB TIMBER

With its increased thread (120 mm) and enlarged head (24,5 mm), the TBS MAX guarantees excellent grip and superb joint closure. Ideal for the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke), optimising the number of fastenings.

SHARP METAL

Ideal in combination with the SHARP METAL system, as the enlarged head guarantees excellent joint tightening, making the use of presses unnecessary when gluing wooden elements together.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm] 5∙d

a3,t [mm] 15∙d

a3,c [mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 5∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d 1 [mm]

[mm]

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

[mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 10∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

[mm]

NOTES

• Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA-11/0030 considering a timber characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

SHARP METAL

STEEL HOOKED PLATES

The joint between the two timber elements is made by the mechanical engagement of the metal hooks in the timber. The system is non-invasive can be uninstalled. www.rothoblaas.com

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

geometry

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 97

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible. ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a3,c [mm] 6∙d

a4,t [mm] 6∙d

a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d

lateral face narrow face

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

a3,c [mm] 7∙d

a4,t [mm] 6∙d

• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

TBS FRAME

FLAT FLANGE HEAD SCREW

FLAT FLANGE HEAD

The flange head ensures excellent tightening capacity of the joint; the flat shape allows a joint without additional thickness on the wooden surface, thus enabling the fixing of plates on the same element without interference.

SHORT THREAD

The short, fixed-length thread at 1 1/3" (34 mm) is optimised for fastening multi-layer elements (Multi-ply) for lightweight frame construction.

BLACK E-COATING

Coated with black E-coating for easy recognition on site and increased corrosion resistance.

3 THORNS TIP

TBSF is easily installed without pre-drilling hole. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanised carbon steel with black E-Coating

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• multilayer lattice beams

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

Characteristic head-pull-through parameter f

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MULTILAYER LATTICE

It is available in optimised lengths for fastening 2-, 3- and 4-layer lattice elements of the most common solid timber and LVL dimensions.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d 1 [mm]

a 1 [mm] 10∙d

a 2 [mm] 5∙d

a3,t [mm] 15∙d

a3,c [mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 5∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

a3,t [mm] 12∙d

a4,c [mm] 3∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

[mm] 5∙d

a3,t [mm] 10∙d

a3,c [mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 10∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

[mm] 3∙d

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

APPLICATION EXAMPLES: LIGHTWEIGHT FRAME

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• For minimum distances on LVL see TBS on page 81.

screw: TBSF873

timber element: 2 x 38 mm ( 1 1/2'' )

total thickness: 76 mm ( 3 '' )

screw: TBSF8111

timber element:

screw: TBSF8149

timber element: 4 x 38 mm ( 1 1/2'' )

thickness: 152 mm (6 '' )

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

SHEAR TENSION geometry

timber-to-timber

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

ε = screw-to-grain angle

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° (RV,90,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 87).

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 80).

NOTES | LVL

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for softwood LVL elements.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.

TBS EVO

FLANGE HEAD SCREW

C4 EVO COATING

Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.

INTEGRATED WASHER

The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pullthrough. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.

AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER

The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use in ACQ-treated wood.

T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

carbon steel with C4 EVO coating

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

OUTDOOR WALKWAYS

Ideal for the construction of outdoor structures such as walkways and arcades. Values also certified for screw insertion parallel to the grain. Ideal for fastening aggressive woods containing tannins.

SIP PANELS

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Suitable for fastening SIP and sandwich panels.

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.

GEOMETRY

AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Multi-ply beam fastening.

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

TBSEVO660

WBAZ WASHER

INSTALLATION

TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package Ø x L [mm]

6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 30

6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50

6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70

6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90

6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 110

6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 130 6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 150 6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 170

NOTE: The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8-9 mm. The maximum thickness of the fastening package was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4∙d.

FASTENING METAL SHEET

Can be installed on sheets up to 0,7 mm thick without pre-drilling. TBS EVO Ø6 mm is ideal when used in combination with washer WBAZ. For outdoor use (Service class 3).

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

SHEAR

ε = screw-to-grain angle

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strength are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness and density ρk = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

TENSION

• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see TBS on page 76

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile strength) can be converted using the kdens coefficient (see page 87).

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number nef (see page 80).

TBS EVO C5

FLANGE HEAD SCREW

C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH

It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The wide head provides additional tensile strength, which is ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

For minimum distances and structural values see TBS EVO on page 102.

LIGHT FRAME & MASS TIMBER

The extensive size range allows a wide variety of applications: from lightweight and lattice frames to the joining of engineered timbers such as LVL and CLT, in the aggressive environments that characterise atmospheric class C5.

COACH SCREW DIN571

CE MARKING

Screws with the CE mark, in accordance with EN 14592.

HEXAGONAL HEAD

Appropriate for use on plates in steel-to-timber applications, thanks to its hexagonal head.

OUTDOOR VERSION

Also available in stainless steel A2 | AISI304 for outdoor use (service class 3).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT, LVL

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
AI571

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

13

( * ) Not holding CE marking.

AI571 - A2 | AISI304 VERSION

The stainless steel screws have not been granted the CE mark.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS | KOP

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• For KOP screws a pre-drill is required as per EN 1995:2014: - pre-drill hole for smooth part of the shank, dimensions

STRUCTURAL VALUES

geometry

timber-to-timber α=0°

SHEAR

timber-to-timber α=90°

α = load-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with EN 14592.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and KOP screw geometry according to CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated for screws inserted with pre-drilling hole.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

steel-timber thick plate α=0°

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES

EN 1995:2014

TENSION

steel-timber thick plate α=90° thread withdrawal head pull-through

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle α between the acting force and the grains of the timber elements of both 0° (R v,0,k ) and 90° (R v,90,k ).

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle α between the acting force and the grains of the timber element of both 0° (R v,0,k ) and 90° (R v,90,k ).

• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ).

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated by considering an angle α of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the acting force and the grains of the timber elements.

• During calculation, a thread length of b = 0,6 L is used, with the exception of the measures (*)

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 87).

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 80).

SMALL IN SIZE

YET BIG IN PERFORMANCE

NINO, the universal fastening solution for timber walls.

NINO angle brackets introduce the new concept of universal angle brackets into the Rothoblaas range. They combine the simplicity of WBR building angle brackets with the technical quality of TITAN angle brackets.

AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS

FULLY THREADED SCREWS

STRENGTH

The strength is proportional to the effective thread length within the timber element.

The connectors guarantee high performance with small diameters. The stresses are distributed, in the form of tangential stresses, along the entire wood surface affected by the screw thread.

For the verification of a connection with axially stressed connectors, it will be necessary to evaluate the limiting strength, depending on the acting load.

The strength of the full thread connector is related to its mechanical performance and the type of wood material in which it is applied.

TIMBER

TENSILE-stressed full thread connectors

TIMBER

TIMBER total thread withdrawal partial thread withdrawal total thread withdrawal

TIMBER

STEEL + TIMBER

COMPRESION-stressed full thread connectors

STIFFNESS

The joint made with full thread connectors, which utilise their axial strength, guarantees very high stiffness, limited element displacements and reduced ductility.

head pull-through

The graph refers to shear tests to control displacement for HBS screws under lateral stress (shear) and crossed VGZ axially loaded screws.

PARTIAL THREAD SCREWS

The strength is proportional to the diameter and is related to the bearing stress of the timber and the yielding of the screw. The partial thread is mainly used to transfer shear forces that stress the screw perpendicular to its axis.

If the screw is under tensile stress, the pull-through strength of the head must be taken into account, which is often a constraint compared to the withdrawal resistance of the threaded part and compared to the tensile strength on the steel side.

STEEL

tension/head separation

APPLICATIONS

To optimise the performance of full thread or double thread connectors, it is essential to use them in such a way that they are subjected to axial stress. The load is distributed parallel to the axis of the connectors along the effective thread portion. They are used to transfer shear and sliding stresses, for structural reinforcement or for fixing continuous insulation.

CROSSED SCREWS

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT

CONNECTORS

VGZ or VGS

INSERTION

45° to the shear plane

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension and compression

INCLINED SCREWS

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT

CONNECTORS

VGZ or VGS

INSERTION

45° to the shear plane

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT

CONNECTORS

VGZ or VGS

INSERTION

45° to the shear plane

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension

STEEL-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT

CONNECTORS

VGS (with VGU)

INSERTION

45° to the shear plane

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension

CONCRETE-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT

CONNECTORS CTC

INSERTION

45° to the shear plane

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT

Wood is an anisotropic material. Therefore, it has different mechanical characteristics depending on the direction of the grain and the stress. It provides less strength and stiffness for stresses orthogonal to the grain, but can be reinforced with full thread connectors (VGS, VGZ or RTR).

NOTCHED BEAM

TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT

Tension perpendicular to the grains

INSERTION

90° to the grains

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS

Tension

BEAM WITH HANGING LOAD

TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT

Tension perpendicular to the grains

INSERTION

90° to the grains

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS

Tension

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

SPECIAL BEAM (curved, tapered, with double inclination)

TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT

Tension perpendicular to the grains

INSERTION

90° to the grains

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS

Tension

BEAM WITH OPENINGS

TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT

Tension perpendicular to the grains

INSERTION

90° to the grains

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS

Tension

SUPPORT BEAM

TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT

Compression perpendicular to the grains

INSERTION

90° to the grains

STRESSES ON CONNECTORS

Compression

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FASTENING FOR CONTINUOUS INSULATION

Installation of a continuous layer of insulation guarantees excellent energy performance, limiting thermal bridges. Efficiency is bound to the use of appropriate fastening systems (ex. DGZ), suitably designed.

SLIDING OF INSULATION AND COATING

The connectors for fixing insulation prevent the package from sliding due to the load component parallel to the pitch, resulting in damage to the roof system and loss of insulating power.

CRUSHING OF INSULATION

PROBLEM SOLUTION

PROBLEM SOLUTION

ROOFING AND FAÇADE APPLICATIONS

If insulation does not have sufficient compressive strength, the connectors with double threads effectively transfer the loads and prevent crushing with consequent loss of insulating power of the package. COVER

SOFT INSULATION

Low compression resistance (σ (10%) < 50 kPa (EN 826)

HARD INSULATION

High compression resistance σ (10%) ≥ 50 kPa (EN 826)

SOFT OR HARD CONTINUOUS INSULATION

The continuous insulation does not support the load component perpendicular to the layer (N).

The continuous insulation supports the load component perpendicular to the layer (N);

Fasteners must withstand both wind actions (±N) and transfer vertical forces (F).

LEGEND: A. Tensile-stressed screw. B. Compression-stressed screw. C. Additional screw for suction pressure.

NOTE: Adequate batten thickness makes it possible to optimise the number of fastenings.

FULL

THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS

Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°). Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512.

CYLINDRICAL HEAD

It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice to ensure strength in fire conditions.

TIMBER FRAME

Also ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels • solid timber • glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

STRUCTURAL RESTORATION

Ideal for coupling beams in structural renovations and new works. Can also be used parallel to the grain thanks to the special approval.

CLT, LVL

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.

Very high stiffness in side-by-side joining of CLT floors.

Application with double inclination at 45°, perfect combined with the JIG VGZ template.

Reinforcement orthogonal to grain for hanging load due to joining of main-secondary beams.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

| L > 520 mm

| L > 600 mm

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

[mm]

VGZ780 80 70 25

VGZ7100 100 90 25

VGZ7120 120 110 25

VGZ7140 140 130 25

VGZ7160 160 150 25

VGZ7180 180 170 25

VGZ7200 200 190 25

VGZ7220 220 210 25

VGZ7240 240 230 25

VGZ7260 260 250 25

VGZ7280 280 270 25

VGZ7300 300 290 25

VGZ7320 320 310 25

VGZ7340 340 330 25

VGZ7360 360 350 25

VGZ7380 380 370 25

VGZ7400 400 390 25

VGZ9160 160 150 25

VGZ9180 180 170 25

VGZ9200 200 190 25

VGZ9220 220 210 25

VGZ9240 240 230 25

VGZ9260 260 250 25

VGZ9280 280 270 25

VGZ9300 300 290 25

VGZ9320 320 310 25

VGZ9340 340 330 25

VGZ9360 360 350 25

VGZ9380 380 370 25

VGZ9400 400 390 25

VGZ9440 440 430 25

VGZ9480 480 470 25

VGZ9520 520 510 25

VGZ9560 560 550 25

VGZ9600 600 590 25

VGZ11150

VGZ11300 300 290 25

VGZ11325 325 315 25

VGZ11350 350 340 25

VGZ11375 375 365 25

VGZ11400 400 390 25

VGZ11425 425 415 25

VGZ11450 450 440 25

VGZ11475 475 465 25

VGZ11500 500 490 25

VGZ11525 525 515 25

VGZ11550 550 540 25

VGZ11575 575 565 25

VGZ11600 600 590 25

VGZ11650 650 640 25

VGZ11700 700 690 25

VGZ11750 750 740 25

VGZ11800 800 790 25

VGZ11850 850 840 25

VGZ11900 900 890 25

VGZ11950 950 940 25

VGZ111000 1000 990 25

RELATED PRODUCTS

JIG VGZ 45°

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 409

JIG VGZ 45° TEMPLATE

Installation at 45° using the JIG VGZ steel template.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.

• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION

• For 3 THORNS tip and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part

S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α = 0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a 1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 169).

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

TENSION / COMPRESSION

letto parziale

d1

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation. GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

ε

NOTES

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

ρ k [kg/m3 ]

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CROSSED CONNECTORS

MAIN BEAM-SECONDARY BEAM SHEAR CONNECTION

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CROSSED CONNECTORS

MAIN BEAM-SECONDARY BEAM SHEAR CONNECTION

NOTES

• The compression design strength of the connectors is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength (RV1,d) and the instability design strength (RV2,d).

RV,d = min

RV1,k kmod

γM

RV2,k

γM1

• The values given are calculated considering a distance a1,CG ≥ 5d.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficients previously indicated:

R’V1,k = RV1,k kdens,ax

R’V2,k = RV2,k kdens,ki

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

• The assembly figure (m) is valid in the case of symmetrical installation of the connectors flush over the elements.

• The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.

• The strength values in the table for connections with several pairs of crossed screws are already inclusive of n ef,ax

GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR CROSSED CONNECTORS

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1

• For 3 THORNS tip and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN1995:2014.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR AXIALLY STRESSED CONNECTOR PAIRS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a connection with n pairs of crossed screws, the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax n PAIRS 2 3 4 5 6

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of pairs).

Complete calculation reports for designing in wood? Download MyProject and simplify your work!

INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER JOINT WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS

TIGHTENING THE JOINT

For correct installation of the joint, we recommend tightening the elements before inserting the connectors.

INSERTION OF CONNECTORS

To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template.

Insert a partially threaded screw (e.g. HBS680) to bring the elements closer together.

After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.

The HBS screw eliminated the initial gap between the elements. After positioning the VGZ connectors, it can be removed.

Repeat the procedure to install the inserted screw from the main beam to the secondary beam.

JOINT BETWEEN CLT PANELS WITH CONNECTORS INCLINED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (45°-45°)

To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template positioned at 45° to the panel head.

RELATED PRODUCTS

After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.

Repeat the procedure to install the screw in the adjoining panel and continue this alternating sequence according to the distances provided in the design.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

SLIDING

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

• The characteristic sliding strengths of the connectors inserted in the lateral face of the CLT panel were evaluated considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains and the connector, since it was not possible to define the thickness and orientation of the individual layers in advance.

SLIDING

• The characteristic sliding strengths of the connectors inserted with double inclination (45°-45°) were evaluated considering an ε angle of 60° between the grains and the connector; in fact, the geometry of the joint requires that the connectors have to be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels. The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.

• Connectors instability must be verified separately.

PRINCIPLES on page 143

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

SLIDING

SHEAR

NOTES

• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρk = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.

• The axial "wide"thread withdrawal resistance was evaluated considering an angle of 90° between the fibers and the connector and is valid in application with LVLs in both parallel and cross grain veneer beams.

• The axial "edge" thread withdrawal resistance was evaluated considering an angle of 90° between the fibers and the connector and is valid in application with parallel veneer LVLs.

• Minimum height LVL h LVL,min= 100 mm for VGZ connectors Ø7 and h LVL,min = 120 mm for VGZ connectors Ø9.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.

• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

• Connectors instability must be verified separately.

PRINCIPLES on page 143

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

a3,c [mm] 15∙d 105

a4,t [mm] 7∙d 49

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 49

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• Minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). lateral face

• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | LVL

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

wide face

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO

GRAIN (wide face)

edge face

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN (edge face)

plan

a1,CG a1,CG a1 a1 a1,CG a1

a2,CG t a1,CG a1,CG a1 a1 h

NOTES

• The minimum distances for Ø7 and Ø9 screws with 3 THORNS bit are compliant with ETA11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.

For Ø11 or self-drilling bit screws, the minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2).

• The minimum distances referred to edge face for screws d = 7 mm are valid for minimum thickness LVL tLVL,min = 45 mm and minimum height LVL h LVL,min = 100 mm.

The minimum distances referred to edge face for screws d = 9 mm are valid for minimum thickness LVL tLVL,min = 57 mm and minimum height LVL h LVL,min = 120 mm.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rki,k

γM1

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM γM2

Rtens,45,k

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate. A minimum penetration length of 4-d1 is considered.

• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

VGZ EVO

FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD

C4 EVO COATING

Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.

AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER

The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.

STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS

Deep thread and high resistance steel (fy,k = 1000 N/mm2) for excellent tensile performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Reduced minimum distances.

CYLINDRICAL HEAD

It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice for increased fire performance.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

TRUSS & RAFTER JOINTS

Ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.

TIMBER STUDS

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Ideal for fastening I-Joist beams.

Fastening the uprights of light frame structures with VGZ EVO Ø5 mm.

GEOMETRY

AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]

5,3

TX 25

VGZEVO580 80 70 50

VGZEVO5100 100 90 50

VGZEVO5120 120 110 50

VGZEVO5140 140 130 50

5,6 TX 25

VGZEVO5150 150 140 50

VGZEVO5160 160 150 50

VGZEVO780 80 70 25

VGZEVO7100 100 90 25

VGZEVO7120 120 110 25

VGZEVO7140 140 130 25

VGZEVO7160 160 150 25

VGZEVO7180 180 170 25

VGZEVO7200 200 190 25

VGZEVO11250 250 240 25

VGZEVO11300 300 290 25

VGZEVO11350 350 340 25

VGZEVO11400 400 390 25

VGZEVO11450 450 440 25

VGZEVO11500 500 490 25

VGZEVO11550 550 540 25

VGZEVO11600 600 590 25

7

TX 30

VGZEVO7220 220 210 25

VGZEVO7240 240 230 25

VGZEVO7260 260 250 25

VGZEVO7280 280 270 25

VGZEVO7300 300 290 25

VGZEVO7340 340 330 25

VGZEVO7380 380 370 25

VGZEVO9160 160 150 25

VGZEVO9180 180 170 25

VGZEVO9200 200 190 25

VGZEVO9220 220 210 25

VGZEVO9240 240 230 25

VGZEVO9260 260 250 25

VGZEVO9280 280 270 25

VGZEVO9300 300 290 25

9

TX 40

VGZEVO9320 320 310 25

VGZEVO9340 340 330 25

VGZEVO9360 360 350 25

VGZEVO9380 380 370 25

VGZEVO9400 400 390 25

VGZEVO9440 440 430 25

VGZEVO9480 480 470 25

VGZEVO9520 520 510 25

RELATED PRODUCTS

JIG VGZ 45°

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 409

OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a 2,LIM [mm] 2,5∙d

a1,CG [mm] 8∙d

a 2,CG [mm] 3∙d 16

a

SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.

• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION

• For 3 THORNS tip the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part

S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | FURTHER APPLICATIONS

SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 130

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rki,k

γM1

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM

Rtens,45,k

γM2

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod

γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate. A minimum penetration length of 4-d1 is considered.

• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

CONNECTIONS WITH CLT AND LVL ELEMENTS

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 134

NOTES

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

ρ k [kg/m3 ]

kdens,v 0,90 0,98 1,00 1,02 1,05

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

VGZ EVO C5

FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD

C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH

It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse atmospheric corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

VGZEVO7140C5

VGZEVO7180C5

VGZEVO7220C5

VGZEVO7260C5

VGZEVO7300C5

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

SEASIDE BUILDINGS

Ideal for fastening elements with small cross-sections close to the sea. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.

THE HIGHEST PERFORMANCE

The strength and robustness of a VGZ combined with the best anti-corrosion performance.

VGZ HARDWOOD

FULLY THREADED SCREW FOR HARDWOODS

HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION

Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA11/0030 certification for use with high-density wood without pre-drilling hole or with an appropriate pilot hole. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°).

HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD

The high-strength steel and the increased screw diameter allow excellent tensile and torsional performance to be achieved, thus ensuring safe screwing in high-density wood.

INCREASED DIAMETER

Deep thread and high resistance steel for excellent tensile performance. Characteristics that, together with an excellent torsional moment value, guarantee screwing in the highest densities of wood.

CYLINDRICAL HEAD

Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. Improved performance in fire conditions compared to countersunk head.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• hybrid engineered timbers (softwood-hardwood)

• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE

Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.

BEECH LVL

Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use for densities of up to 800 kg/m3

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

VGZH6320

VGZH6420

NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

Withdrawal

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a CROSS [mm] 1,5∙d

SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION

• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.

b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part

S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a4,c [mm] 5∙d 35

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are in accordance with the EN 1995:2014 standard, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber characteristic density of 420 < ρ k ≤ 500 kg/m3

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a 1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 169).

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD

TENSION

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM

Rtens,45,k

γM2

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod

γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• A suitable pilot hole may be required for the insertion of some connectors. For further details please see ETA-11/0030.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,TOT or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.

• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane, unless otherwise specified.

• Connectors instability must be verified separately.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 127).

NOTES | HARDWOOD

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.

• Screws longer than the maximum value in the table do not comply with the installation requirements and are therefore not reported.

NOTES | BEECH LVL

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.

• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without and with pre-drilling hole.

• Screws longer than the maximum value in the table do not comply with the installation requirements and are therefore not reported.

NOTES | HYBRID

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.

• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

• The geometry of the connection is designed to ensure balanced strengths between the two timber elements.

FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE

Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA-11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.

TENSILE STRENGTH

Deep thread and high strength steel for excellent tensile or sliding performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°).

Can be used on steel plates in combination with the VGU and HUS washers.

COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

Countersunk head up to L = 600 mm, ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements. Hexagonal head L > 600 mm to facilitate gripping with screwdriver.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

Mins,rec
TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec
recommended use:
Mins,rec

TC FUSION

The ETA-22/0806 approval of the TC FUSION system allows the VGS screws to be used together with the reinforcements in the concrete so that the panel floor slabs and the bracing core can be bonded together with a small integration of the casting.

Characteristic yield strength fy,k [N/mm 2]

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

The mechanical parameters for VGS Ø15 are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.

Calculation density ρ k [kg/m3 ] ≤

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

TC FUSION SYSTEM FOR TIMBER-CONCRETE APPLICATION

Tangential strength of adhesion in concrete

For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806

VGS Ø15 VGS Ø11
VGS Ø13
VGS Ø9

CODES

VGS9100 100 90 25

VGS9120 120 110 25

VGS9140 140 130 25

VGS9160 160 150 25

VGS9180 180 170 25

VGS9200 200 190 25

VGS9220 220 210 25

VGS9240 240 230 25

VGS9260 260 250 25

VGS9280 280 270 25

VGS9300 300 290 25

1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm] 9 TX40

VGS9320 320 310 25

VGS9340 340 330 25

VGS9360 360 350 25

VGS9380 380 370 25

VGS9400 400 390 25

VGS9440 440 430 25

VGS9480 480 470 25

VGS9520 520 510 25

VGS9560 560 550 25

13

SW 19 TX 50

VGS1380 80 70 25

VGS13100 100 90 25

VGS13150 150 140 25

VGS13200 200 190 25

VGS13250 250 240 25

VGS13300 300 280 25

VGS13350 350 330 25

VGS13400 400 380 25

VGS13450 450 430 25

VGS13500 500 480 25

VGS13550 550 530 25

VGS13600 600 580 25

VGS13650 650 630 25

VGS13700 700 680 25

VGS13750 750 730 25

VGS13800 800 780 25

VGS13850 850 830 25

VGS13900 900 880 25

VGS13950 950 930 25

VGS131000 1000 980 25

VGS131100 1100 1080 25

VGS1180 80 70 25

VGS11100 100 90 25

VGS11125 125 115 25

VGS11150 150 140 25

VGS11175 175 165 25

VGS11200 200 190 25

VGS11225 225 215 25

VGS11250 250 240 25

VGS11275 275 265 25

VGS11300 300 290 25

VGS11325 325 315 25

VGS9600 600 590 25 11 TX 50

VGS11350 350 340 25

VGS11375 375 365 25

VGS11400 400 390 25

VGS11425 425 415 25

VGS11450 450 440 25

VGS11475 475 465 25

VGS11500 500 490 25

VGS11525 525 515 25

VGS11550 550 540 25

VGS11575 575 565 25

15 SW 21 TX 50

VGS131200 1200 1180 25

VGS131300 1300 1280 25

VGS131400 1400 1380 25

VGS131500 1500 1480 25

VGS15600 600 580 25

VGS15700 700 680 25

VGS15800 800 780 25

VGS15900 900 880 25

VGS151000 1000 980 25

VGS151200 1200 1180 25

VGS151400 1400 1380 25

VGS151600 1600 1580 25

VGS151800 1800 1780 25

VGS152000 2000 1980 25

RELATED PRODUCTS

45° WASHER FOR VGS

VGS11650 650 630 25

VGS11700 700 680 25

VGS11750 750 680 25

VGS11600 600 590 25 11

SW 17

TX 50

VGS11800 800 780 25

VGS11850 850 830 25

VGS11900 900 880 25

VGS11950 950 930 25

VGS111000 1000 980 25

LIMITER

TORQUE LIMITER page 408

HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS TRANSPORT page 190 page 413

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1∙a2 = 25∙d1 2 is maintained.

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION

• For 3 THORNS tip, RBSN and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

represents the entire length of the threaded part

S g = (L - tK - 10 mm - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA11/0030 considering a timber characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

STRUCTURAL VALUES | FURTHER APPLICATIONS

SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS

VGS Ø9 - 11 mm

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 130

CONNECTIONS WITH CLT ELEMENTS

VGS Ø9 - 11 mm

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 134

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR AXIAL STRESSES

SLIDING CONNECTION WITH VGU WASHER

VGS Ø9 - 11 - 13 mm

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 192

CONNECTIONS WITH LVL ELEMENTS

VGS Ø9 - 11 mm

STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 138

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a connection with inclined screws, the characteristic effective sliding load-bearing capacity for a row of n screws is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of screws in a row).

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TC FUSION

TENSILE CONNECTION CLT - CONCRETE

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] 9

200 85 6,32 100

220 105 7,65 100

240 125 8,95 100

260 145 10,22 100

280 165 11,49 100

300 185 12,73 100

320 205 13,96 100

340 225 15,18 100

360 245 16,39 100

380 265 17,59 100

400 285 18,78 100

440 325 21,14 100

480 365 23,47 100

520 405 25,40 100

560 445 25,40 100

600 485 25,40 100

225 110 9,36 100

250 135 11,26 100

275 160 13,12 100

300 185 14,95 100

325 210 16,75 100

350 235 18,54 100

375 260 20,31 100

400 285 22,05 100

425 310 23,79 100

450 335 25,51 100

475 360 27,22 100

500 385 28,91 100

525 410 30,59 100

550 435 32,27 100

575 460 33,93 100

600 485 35,59 100

650 535 38,00 100

700 585 38,00 100

750 635 38,00 100

800 685 38,00 100

850 735 38,00 100

900 785 38,00 100

950 835 38,00 100

1000 885 38,00 100

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE JOINT SYSTEM

The innovation of VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors for timber-concrete applications.

Find it out on page 270

TENSILE CONNECTION CLT - CONCRETE

EN 1995:2014

300 165 15,41 120

350 215 19,56 120

400 265 23,61 120

450 315 27,58 120

500 365 31,50 120

550 415 35,35 120

600 465 39,16 120

650 515 42,93 120

700 565 46,67 120

750 615 50,37 120

800 665 53,00 120

850 715 53,00 120

900 765 53,00 120 950 815 53,00 120 1000 865 53,00 120 1100 965 53,00 120

1065 53,00 120

1165 53,00 120

1265 53,00 120

1365 53,00 120

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 176

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The plate thickness (SPLATE) are understood to be the minimum values to allow the countersunk head of the screw to be accommodated.

Rtens,k

Rax,d = min γM γM2

• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rki,k

Rax,d = min γM γM1

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM γM2

Rtens,45,k

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.

• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø15 VGS screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

NOTES | TC FUSION

• Characteristic values according to ETA-22/0806.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

• Connectors with shorter lengths than those in the table do not comply with the minimum penetration depth requirements and are not reported.

• A concrete grade of C25/30 was considered in the calculation. For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the concrete-side design strength (Rax,C,d).

Rax,0,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rax,C,k

γM,concrete

• The concrete element must have adequate reinforcement bars.

• The connectors must be arranged at a maximum distance of 300 mm.

LONG SCREWS

Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping. Can be combined with TORQUE LIMITER.

VGS + VGU

The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 20 mm is recommended.

To ensure control of the applied torque, the correct TORQUE LIMITER model must be used depending on the chosen connector.

VGS +WASPL

Insert the screw so that the head protrudes 15 mm and engage the WASPL hook.

After lifting, the WASPL hook releases quickly and easily ready for use again.

IMPORTANCE OF THE PILOT HOLE

Deviation of the screw from the direction of screwing often occurs during installation. This phenomenon is linked to the very conformation of the wood material, which is inhomogeneous and non-uniform, e.g. due to the localised presence of knots or physical properties dependent on grain direction. The operator's skill also plays an important role.

The use of pilot holes facilitates the insertion of screws, particularly long ones, allowing a very precise insertion direction.

In the case of installation of screws used in timber-to-timber (softwood) structural connections, a pulse screw gun/screwdriver can also be used.

STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION

Respect the insertion angle with the help of a pilot hole and/or installation template.

Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.

The screw cannot be reused.

In general, it is recommended to install the connector in a single operation, without stopping and restarting which could create additional stress in the screw.

The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.

Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.

After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.

Avoid bending.

SHAPED PLATE

Countersunk hole.

The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.

Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.

Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.

WASHERS

Inclined countersunk hole.

Cylindrical hole with countersunk washer HUS.

Cylindrical hole. Slotted hole with VGU washer.

APPLICATION EXAMPLES: REINFORCEMENT

TAPERED BEAMS

apex tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain

HANGING LOAD

tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain

NOTCH

tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain

SUPPORT compression reinforcement perpendicular to grain

VGS EVO

FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

C4 EVO COATING

Surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.

STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS

Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Safety certified by numerous tests carried out for any direction of insertion. Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512. Countersunk head up to L = 600 mm, ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements.

AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER

The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

Mins,rec
TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec
METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use:
Mins,rec

OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE

Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss). Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).

CLT & LVL

Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.

DIMENSIONS

VGSEVO9120 120 110 25

VGSEVO9160 160 150 25

VGSEVO9200 200 190 25

VGSEVO9240 240 230 25

VGSEVO9280 280 270 25

VGSEVO9320 320 310 25

VGSEVO13400 400 380 25

VGSEVO13500 500 480 25

VGSEVO11100 100 90 25

VGSEVO11150 150 140 25

VGSEVO11200 200 190 25

VGSEVO11250 250 240 25

VGSEVO11300 300 290 25

VGSEVO9360 360 350 25 11 TX 50

VGSEVO11350 350 340 25

VGSEVO11400 400 390 25

VGSEVO11500 500 490 25

VGSEVO11600 600 590 25 CODES AND

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

VGSEVO13600 600 580 25 13 SW 19 TX 50 VGSEVO13700 700

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

VGS Ø13
VGS Ø9-Ø11
VGS Ø9
VGS Ø13
VGS Ø11
VGS Ø13
VGS Ø11 VGS Ø13
VGU EVO TORQUE LIMITER

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d 1 [mm] 9 11 d 1 [mm] 13 d 1 [mm]

SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.

EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION

• For 3 THORNS tip, RBSN and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• For minimum distances for shear load screws see VGS on page 169

b = S g,tot = L - tK represents the entire length of the threaded part

S g = (L - tK - 10 mm - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm tK = 10 mm (countersunk head) tK = 20 mm (hexagonal head)

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

NOTES

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The plate thickness (SPLATE) are understood to be the minimum values to allow the head of the screw to be accommodated.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

ρ

[kg/m3

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

SLIDING SHEAR

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rki,k

γM1

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM

Rtens,45,k

γM2

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.

• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

• For minimum distances and structural values for cross connectors in shear connection main beam - secondary beam see VGZ on page 130

• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see

on page 134

VGS EVO C5

FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD

C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH

It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

9

TX 40

VGSEVO9200C5 200 190 25

VGSEVO9240C5 240 230 25

VGSEVO9280C5 280 270 25

VGSEVO9320C5 320 310 25

VGSEVO9360C5 360 350 25

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

408

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES

VGS EVO C5 is the ideal solution for steel structures where high-strength ad hoc connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment. d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]

SWELLING OF TIMBER

The application of VGS EVO C5 in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/ swelling of the wood.

FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD

A4 | AISI316

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.

T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.

METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use: N

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

Mins,rec
TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec
Mins,rec

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

[mm] [mm] [mm] 9 TX 40

VGS9120A4 120 110 25

VGS9160A4 160 150 25

VGS9200A4 200 190 25

VGS9240A4 240 230 25

VGS9280A4 280 270 25

VGS9320A4 320 310 25

RELATED PRODUCTS

HUS A4

TURNED WASHER page 68

VGS11100A4 100 90 25

VGS11150A4 150 140 25

VGS11200A4 200 190 25

VGS11250A4 250 240 25

VGS11300A4 300 290 25

VGS9360A4 360 350 25 11 TX 50

VGS11350A4 350 340 25

VGS11400A4 400 390 25

VGS11500A4 500 490 25

VGS11600A4 600 590 25

GEOMETRY

Ø9-Ø11

VGS Ø11

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

For the mechanical parameters please see ETA-11/0030.

JIG VGZ 45°

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS

TORQUE LIMITER page 409

TORQUE LIMITER

page 408

VGS Ø9

VGS Ø11

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES

Ideal for steel structures where high-strength customised connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment and acidic woods.

SWELLING OF TIMBER

Application in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.

VGS
VGS Ø9

45° WASHER FOR VGS

SAFETY

The VGU washer makes possible to install VGS screws at a 45° angle on steel plates. Washer marked CE as per ETA-11/0030.

PRACTICALITY

The ergonomic shape ensures a firm, precise grip during installation. Three versions of washer, compatible with VGS in diameter 9, 11 and 13 mm, are available for plates of variable thickness.

The use of the VGU allows the use of inclined screws on plate without resorting to countersunk holes on the plate, which is generally a time-consuming and costly operation.

C4 EVO COATING

VGU EVO is coated with a surface treatment resistant to high atmospheric corrosivity.

Compatible with VGS EVO diameter 9, 11 and 13 mm.

DIAMETER [mm]

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

carbon steel with C4 EVO coating

ETA-11/0030 UKTA-0836 22/6195

VIDEO

Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• steel construction • metal plates and profiles

Mins,rec
VGU
VGU EVO

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

VGU WASHER

CODE screw d V,S pcs [mm] [mm]

VGU945 VGS Ø9 5 25

VGU1145 VGS Ø11 6 25

VGU1345 VGS Ø13 8 25

d V,S = pre-drilling hole diameter (softwood)

JIG VGU TEMPLATE

CODE washer d h d V pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]

JIGVGU945 VGU945 5,5 5 1

JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6,5 6 1

JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8,5 8 1

For more information see page 409.

GEOMETRY

VGU EVO WASHER

CODE screw d V,S pcs [mm] [mm]

VGUEVO945 VGSEVO Ø9 5 25

VGUEVO1145 VGSEVO Ø11 6 25

VGUEVO1345 VGSEVO Ø13 8 25

d V,S = pre-drilling hole diameter (softwood)

HSS WOOD DRILL BIT

CODE d V TL SL pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]

F1599105 5 150 100 1

F1599106 6 150 100 1

F1599108 8 150 100 1

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) For thicker plates than those indicated in the table it is necessary to carry out a countersink in the lower part of the steel plate. Recommended Ø5 mm guide hole (of minimum length 50 mm) for VGS screws of length L > 300 mm.

HELPS WITH INSTALLATION

The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 20 mm is recommended.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM

Rtens,45,k

γM2

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• For the correct realization of the joint, the fastener head should be fully embedded into the VGU washer.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering a minimum penetration length of S g , as shown in the table, considering a minimum penetration length of 4-d1 For intermediate values of S g or SPLATE it is possible to linearly interpolate.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The VGU washer is over-resistant compared to the strength of the VGS/ VGSEVO screw.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440 C-GL C24 C30 GL24h GL26h GL28h GL30h GL32h kdens,ax

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

• For a connection with inclined screws in a metal plate application, the characteristic effective sliding load-bearing capacity for a row of n screws is equal to: Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of screws in a row). n

• For available VGS and VGS EVO screw sizes, see pages 164 and 180.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.

Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.

After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.

Avoid bending.

The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.

INSTALLATION WITHOUT PRE-DRILL

Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.

Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.

Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.

Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.

Screw in, ensuring correct tightening.

Perform the operation for all washers. The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.

Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.

Use the VGU JIG template of the correct diameter by positioning it in the VGU washer

Using the pre-drill template, prepare a pre-drill/guide hole (at least 50 mm length) using an appropriate tip

Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.

Screw in, ensuring correct tightening.

Perform the operation for all washers. The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE

Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.

RAPID DRY SYSTEM

Available in diameters 16 and 20 mm, it is used to reinforce and connect large elements. The timber thread allows application without the need for resins or adhesives.

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT

The high-performance tensile steel (fy,k = 640 N/mm2) and the large dimensions available make RTR ideal for structural reinforcement applications.

LARGE SPANS

The system, developed for applications on large span elements, allows fast and secure reinforcement and connections on any beam size due to the considerable length of the bars. Ideal for factory installations.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT, LVL

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

D 38 RLE

4-SPEED DRILL DRIVER

page 407

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Withdrawal resistance parameter fax,k [N/mm 2]

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

TC FUSION SYSTEM FOR TIMBER-CONCRETE APPLICATION

Tangential strength of adhesion in concrete

For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806

(softwood)

TC FUSION

The ETA-22/0806 approval of the TC FUSION system allows the RTR threaded rods to be used together with the reinforcements in the concrete so that the panel floor slabs and the bracing core can be bonded together with a small integration of the casting.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES

rods inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d = d1 = nominal rod diameter

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

rods inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal rod diameter

NOTES

• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum distances for shear-stressed bars are in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• The minimum distances for axially stressed connectors are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.

ε = screw-to-grain angle

geometry

TENSION / COMPRESSION

210 31,08

SLIDING

50 50 12,89

200 100 100 25,78

300 150 150 28,91

400 200 200 31,34

500 250 250 33,77

600 300 300 36,19 800 400 400 41,05

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strenghts were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° (RV,90,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax

R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V

R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V

]

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 200

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TC FUSION

TENSILE CONNECTION

CLT - CONCRETE

geometry CLT concrete

d1 L lb,d S g S g

CHARACTERISTIC

500 340 34,89 150

600 440 44,00 150

700 540 52,90 150

800 640 61,64 150

NOTES | TC FUSION

• Characteristic values according to ETA-22/0806.

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1

Connectors with shorter lengths than those in the table do not comply with the minimum penetration depth requirements and are not reported.

d 1 L min S g Rax,0,k l b,d Rax,C,k [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] 16

900 740 70,25 150

400 240 25,50 150 67,86

1000 840 78,74 150

1100 940 87,12 150

1200 1040 95,42 150

1300 1140 100,00 150

1400 1240 100,00 150

TC FUSION

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE

JOINT SYSTEM

The innovation of VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors for timber-concrete applications.

Find it out on page 270

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rtens,k

γM2

• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).

Rax,k kmod

Rax,d = min γM

Rki,k

γM1

• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:

RV,k kmod

RV,d = min γM

Rtens,45,k

γM2

• A concrete grade of C25/30 was considered in the calculation. For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the concrete-side design strength (Rax,C,d).

Rax,0,k kmod

Rax,C,k Rax,d = min γM γM,concrete

• The concrete element must have adequate reinforcement bars.

• The connectors must be arranged at a maximum distance of 300 mm.

• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:

RV,d = RV,k kmod γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the rods, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The rods must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.

For a better finish, it is recommended to drill a hole through BORMAX to accommodate the timber end cap.

Pre-drill the hole inside the timber element, ensuring that it is straight. The use of COLUMN ensures better accuracy.

Assemble the sleeve (ATCS007 or ATCS008) onto the adapter with safety clutch (DUVSKU). Alternatively, a simple adapter (ATCS2010) can be used.

Screw up to the length defined in the design. We recommend limiting the insertion moment value to 200 Nm (RTR 16) and 300 Nm (RTR 20).

RELATED PRODUCTS

Cut the RTR threaded rod to the desired length, ensuring that it is less than the depth of the pre-drilling.

Insert the sleeve into the threaded rod and the adapter into the screwdriver. We recommend the use of the handle (DUD38SH) for more control and stability when screwing.

Unscrew the sleeve from the bar.

If provided, insert a TAP cap to conceal the threaded rod and ensure better aesthetic finish and fire strength.

DOUBLE THREADED SCREW FOR INSULATION

CONTINUOUS INSULATION

Allows continuous, uninterrupted fastening of roof insulation package. Limits thermal bridges in compliance with energy saving regulations. The cylindrical head is ideal for hidden insertion in the batten. Screw also certified in versions with flange head (DGT) and countersunk head (DGS).

CERTIFICATION

Connector for hard and soft insulation, for roofing and façade applications, CE certified according to ETA-11/0030. Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) to optimize the number of fasteners.

MYPROJECT

Free MyProject software for customized fastening calculation, accompanied by a calculation report.

3 THORNS TIP

ETA-11/0030

UKTA-0836 22/6195

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT, LVL

• engineered timbers

THERMAL BRIDGES

Thanks to the double thread, the roof insulation package can be fixed to the supporting structure without any interruptions, thus limiting thermal bridges. Certification specific for fastening on both hard and soft insulation.

VENTILATED FAÇADES

Also tested, certified and calculated on façade joists and with engineered woods such as Microllam® LVL.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Refer to ETA-11/0030 for the instability resistance values of screws as a function of their effective length.

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø7

(*) Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø7 mm: base/height = 50/30 mm. insulation + wooden planking thickness

MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø9

(*) Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø9 mm: base/height = 60/40 mm. insulation + wooden planking thickness

NOTE: Check that the screw length is compatible with the size of the structural

screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES:

(1) The minimum distances for axially loaded connectors are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain, in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

• For 3 THORNS tip the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

INSULATION AND INFLUENCE OF THERMAL BRIDGES

CONTINUOUS INSULATION

INTERRUPTED INSULATION

The use of continuous insulation helps to limit the presence of thermal bridges. If the fastening of the package requires rigid elements within the insulation, there is a drop in thermal performance due to the presence of a thermal bridge distributed along the entire axis of the interposed secondary joists. Moreover, in the case of interrupted insulation, local discontinuities between the elements present may be more frequent during installation, further aggravating the thermal bridge.

FASTENING OF CONTINUOUS INSULATION WITH DGZ

The use of the DGZ screw allows the installation of continuous insulation, without interruptions and discontinuities. In this case, the thermal bridge is localised and concentrated only at the connectors and therefore has an irrelevant contribution to the thermal performance of the package, which is therefore maintained. Excessive anchoring or incorrect arrangements should be avoided in order not to compromise the thermal performance of the package.

The number and placement of the fastenings depends on the geometry of the surfaces, the type of insulation and the loads acting on them.

PROJECT DATA

Roof loads

Permanent

INSULATION PACKAGE FIGURES

CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 1 - DGZ Ø7

CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 2 - DGZ Ø9

Connector placement diagram. Roof batten calculation.

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SPACER SCREW

DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED

Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.

VENTILATED FACADES

The differentiated double thread is ideal for regulating the position of the battens on the facade and to create proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panelling, battens, ceilings and paving.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Thanks to the possibility to create a distance between pieces of wood, it is possible to create versatile fastenings quickly and safely, without the need for any interposed element.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]

6 TX 30 DRS680 80 40 100 DRS6100 100 60 100 DRS6120 120 60 100

DRS6145 145 60 100

GEOMETRY

INSTALLATION

Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the timber support.

Position the DRS screw.

Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber.

Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.

Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.

TIMBER-BRICKWORK SPACER SCREW

DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED

Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.

FASTENING TO BRICKWORK

Underhead thread with a greater diameter to allow fastening to brickwork through the addition of a plastic dowel.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

The differentiated double thread is ideal for adjusting the position of timber elements on brickwork supports (using the plastic screw anchor) and to create the proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panels on walls, paving and ceilings.

CODES

8 40

For fastening on concrete or brickwork, use of the NDK GL nylon screw anchor is recommended.

GEOMETRY

INSTALLATION

Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the concrete/brickwork support.

Drill the elements with a d V= 8,0 mm diameter.

Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.

Place the NDK GL nylon screw anchor inside the support.

Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.

Position the DRT screw.

Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber.

HBS PLATE

PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES

NEW GEOMETRY

The inner core diameter of the Ø8, Ø10 and Ø12 mm screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.

PLATE FASTENING

The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

MULTISTOREY

Ideal for steel-to-timber joints with large customized plates, designed for multi-story timber buildings.

TITAN

Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.

8

TX 40

10

TX 40

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

RELATED PRODUCTS

TORQUE LIMITER

TORQUE LIMITER page 408

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

GEOMETRY CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (HBS PLATE Ø10 and Ø12) .

k [kg/m3 ]

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm] 5∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTE on page 221

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

SHEAR

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 221

EN 1995:2014

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

SHEAR

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 221

ε = screw-to-grain angle

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

d 1 [mm] 8 10 12

a1 [mm] 4∙d 32 40 48

a 2 [mm] 2,5∙d 20 25 30

a3,t [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72

a3,c [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72

a4,t [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72

a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d 20 25 30

The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.

Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.

Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.

Stop installation if damage to the fastener or timber is noticed.

Avoid bending.

Avoid accidental stress during installation.

Stop installation if damage to the fastener or metal plates is noticed.

Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element

After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.

Protect the connection and avoid moisture changes and shrinkage and swelling of the timber.

Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.

Install screws in one continuous stroke.

Use not permitted for dynamic loads.

Avoid dimensional changes to the metal.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

Rtens,k

Rax,d = min γM γM2

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic shear-strength value has been evaluated for plates with thickness = SPLATE , and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ), intermediate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ) or thick (SPLATE ≥ d1 ) plate case scenario.

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø10 and Ø12 HBS PLATE screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ k [kg/m3

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements.

• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES | TIMBER

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

NOTES | CLT

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1

• Minimum distances for narrow face application can be found on page 39. Theory, practice and experimental campaigns: our experience is

HBS PLATE EVO

PAN HEAD SCREW

C4 EVO COATING

HBS PLATE EVO version designed for steel-timber joints outdoors. Atmospheric corrosion resistance class (C4) tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).

NEW GEOMETRY

The inner core diameter of the Ø8, Ø10 and Ø12 mm screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.

PLATE FASTENING

The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.

OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

RAPTOR

TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS

page 413

METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use:

TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec

P EVO - 5,0 | 6,0 mm

Mins,rec

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL. The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (HBS

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

geometry timber-to-timber

PRINCIPLES

The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted. Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.

Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element.

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥

After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.

Avoid dimensional changes to the metal and shrinkage and swelling of timber.

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the HBS PLATE EVO Ø10 and Ø12 screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ).

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 215).

• For further calculation configurations and for applications on different materials, see page 212.

HBS PLATE A4

PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES

A4 | AISI316

HBS PLATE version in A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.

STEEL-TIMBER CONNECTIONS

The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.

T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES

SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES

Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.

STATICS

These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.

NEW-GENERATION WOODS

Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL. The LBS5 version up to a length of 40 mm is approved completely without pre-drilling hole on Beech LVL.

DUCTILITY

Excellent ductility behaviour as evidenced by SEISMIC-REV cyclic tests according to EN 12512.

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods DIAMETER [mm]

5 TX 20

7 TX 30

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

Also available in the LBS HARDWOOD EVO version, L from 80 to 200 mm, diameter Ø5 and Ø7 mm, see page 244

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

(3)Valid for d1 = 5 mm and lef ≤ 34 mm For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a1 [mm] 12∙d∙0,7 42

a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18

a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75

a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50

a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25

a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

[mm] 5∙d 25

d 1 [mm] 5 7 d1 [mm] 5 7 a1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18

α = load-to-grain angle d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to: Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page

STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 233 lateral face

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , and considering the thin (S PLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < S PLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (S PLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• Characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths can be found on page 237.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350

kdens,v

kdens,ax

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements.

• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1

• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.

• The axial thread withdrawal strength is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1

NOTES | LVL

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for softwood LVL elements.

• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.

LBS EVO

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES

SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES FOR OUTDOOR USE

LBS EVO version designed for steel-timber joints for outdoor use. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.

C4 EVO COATING

The atmospheric corrosion strength class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).

STATICS

These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL carbon steel with C4 EVO coating

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• ACQ, CCA treated timber

5 TX 20

LBSEVO540 40 36 500

LBSEVO550 50 46 200

LBSEVO560 60 56 200

LBSEVO570 70 66 200

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

head-pull-through parameter

(3)Valid for d1 = 5 mm and lef ≤ 34 mm For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 314).

STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION

The LBSEVO screw with diameter 7 is particularly suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d 1 [mm] 5

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

[mm] 5

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER

SHEAR

L b A

SHEAR

TENSION

EN 1995:2014

ε = screw-to-grain angle

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , and considering the thin (S PLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < S PLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (S PLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.

NOTES

• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε-angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and of 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the timber elements and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 230).

LBS HARDWOOD

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS

HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION

Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain.

LARGER DIAMETER

Internal thread diameter increased compared to the LBS version to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. In steel-timber connections, an increase in strength of more than 15 % can be achieved.

SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES

Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

Also available in the LBS HARDWOOD EVO version, L from 80 to 200 mm, diameter Ø5 and Ø7 mm, see page 244

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

Characteristic head-pull-through parameter

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE

Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drill hole on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.

BEECH LVL

Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to 800 kg/m3

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

a 1 [mm] 15∙d∙0,7 53 a 1 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25 a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25 a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25

a3,t [mm] 20∙d 100

a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75

a4,t [mm] 7∙d 35

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75

a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75

a4,t [mm] 12∙d 60

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35

d 1 [mm] 5

[mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18 a1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 14 a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7

a3,t [mm] 12∙d

a3,c [mm] 7∙d

[mm] 3∙d

[mm] 3∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

[mm] 7∙d

[mm] 7∙d

[mm] 7∙d

[mm]

NOTE on page 243

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).

Rax,k kmod

NOTES | TIMBER (SOFTWOOD)

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

Rtens,k

Rax,d = min γM γM2

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

NOTES | HARDWOOD

• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, higher strength values can be achieved.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES | TIMBER

• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440 C-GL C24 C30

kdens,ax

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

NOTES | BEECH LVL

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.

• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

LBS HARDWOOD EVO

ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS

C4 EVO COATING

The atmospheric corrosion strength class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).

HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION

Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain.

ROBUSTNESS

The inner core diameter of the screw has been enlarged compared to the LBS version to ensure screwing in higher density woods. The cylindrical under head is designed for fastening mechanical elements and producing an interlocking effect with the plate hole that provides excellent static perfornances.

[mm]

CORROSIVITY

CORROSIVITY

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber and glulam

• CLT and LVL • high density woods

ACQ, CCA treated timber LENGTH [mm]

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

5 TX 20

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7 TX 30

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (LBS H EVO Ø7) .

For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES

The LBSHEVO Ø7 mm screws are suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures. Maximum performance in hardwoods combined with the strengths of steel plates.

T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 314).

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a1 [mm] 15∙d∙0,7 53

a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25

a3,t [mm] 20∙d

a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75

a4,t [mm] 7∙d 35

a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

[mm] 15∙d 75

a4,t [mm] 12∙d 60

d 1 [mm] 5 7 d1 [mm] 5 7 a1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18 25 a 1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 14 20 a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7

[mm] 7∙d 35

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD

ε = screw-to-grain angle

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL

[mm] [mm] [mm]

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

8,44 8,85 9,68 10,51 11,34 11,93 11,93 57,33

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d). Rax,k kmod

Rtens,k Rax,d = min γM γM2

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH EVO Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plates according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH EVO Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE, and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < SPLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (SPLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.

• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø7 EVO screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, higher strength values can be achieved.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 243).

NOTES | HARDWOOD

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.

NOTES | BEECH LVL

• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.

• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.

LBA

HIGH BOND NAIL

EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE

The new LBA nails have shear strength values among the highest on the market and make it possible to certify characteristic nail strengths that more closely approximate actual experimental strengths.

CERTIFIED ON CLT AND LVL

Tested and certified values for plates on CLT substrates. Its use is also certified on LVL.

LBA BINDED

The nail is also available in a bound version with the same ETA certification and therefore the same high performance.

STAINLESS STEEL VERSION

The nails are also available with the same certification from ETA in A4|AISI316 stainless steel for outdoor applications, with very high strength values.

DIAMETER [mm] LENGTH [mm]

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• fibreboard and MDF panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT, LVL

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)

CAPACITY DESIGN

The strength values are much closer to the actual experimental strengths, so capacity design can be performed more reliably.

Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates. Using the nailer speeds up and facilitates installation.

Use with NINO angle brackets allows for some of the most versatile applications: even for beam-to-beam joints.

LBA achieves the highest performance together with the WKR angle brackets with the specific strength values on CLT.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristic

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Valid for softwood - maximum density 500 kg/m3. Associated density ρ a = 350 kg/m3 (3) Valid for LBA460 | LBA680 | LBAI450. For other nail lengths refer to ETA-22/0002.

LOOSE NAILS

STRIP-BOUND NAILS

LBA 25 PLA - plastic stick binding 25°

LBAI A4 | AISI316

Compatible with Anker 25° nailgun HH3522.

ROLL-BOUND NAILS

LBA COIL - 15° plastic roll binding

34 PLA - plastic stick binding 34°

LBA34PLA460 60 50 2000

Compatible with 34° strip magazine nailgun ATEU0116 and gas nailgun HH12100700.

LBACOIL460 60 50 1600

Compatible with nailgun TJ100091.

NOTE: LBA, LBA 25 PLA, LBA 34 PLA and LBA COIL available in hot-dip galvanised version on request.

RELATED PRODUCTS

For more information about nailguns see page 406.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS SUBJECT TO SHEAR | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

nails inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

a 1 [mm] 10∙d∙0,7 28 12∙d∙0,7 50 a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21

a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21 a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21

a3,t [mm] 15∙d 60 15∙d 90 a3,t [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60

a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60 a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60

a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 a4,t [mm] 7∙d 28 10∙d 60

a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 d 1 [mm] 4

nails inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21 a1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 11 4∙d∙0,7 17

a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7 8 3∙d∙0,7 13 a 2 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 11 4∙d∙0,7 17

a3,t [mm] 12∙d 48 12∙d 72 a3,t [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42

a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42 a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42

a4,t [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 7∙d 42

a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal nail diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-22/0002.

• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR-STRESSED NAILS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several nails, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n nails arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

geometry

steel-to-timber thread withdrawal

Ø4

geometry

[mm] [mm] [mm]

steel-to-timber thread withdrawal

NOTES

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k

[kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 257

LBA Ø4-Ø6
LBAI

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-CLT

LBA Ø4-Ø6

LBAI Ø4

NOTES | CLT

• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.

• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for of the boards constituting the CLT panel.

• The characteristic strengths in the table are valid for nails inserted into the side face of the CLT panel (wide face) penetrating more than one layer. GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 257

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS SUBJECT TO SHEAR | CLT

nails inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = angle between force and direction of the grain of the CLT panel outer layer.

d = d1 = nominal nail diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are compliant with national specification ÖNORM EN 1995-1-1 - Annex K and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.

• The minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and for minimum individual layer thickness ti,min = 9 mm.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-22/0002.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the nails, reference was made to ETA-22/0002.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.

• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for nails inserted without pre-drilled hole.

• The nails must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.

• The axial withdrawal resistance values were calculated considering a 90° ε angle between the grains and the connector and a penetration length of b.

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA/LBAI Ø4 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plates according to ETA-22/0002 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).

• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø6 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-22/0002 (SPLATE ≥ 2,0 mm).

• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-LVL

LBA Ø4-Ø6
LBAI Ø4

DRYWALL SCREW

OPTIMISED GEOMETRY

Bugle head and phosphate-coated steel; ideal for fastening sheets of drywall.

FULLY FINE THREADED

Fully fine threaded screw, ideal for fastening on sheet metal supports.

DWS STRIP

bound version

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

DWS - bulk screws

d 1 CODE L description

[mm] [mm]

3,5 PH 2

4,2 PH 2

FE620005 35

FE620001 25 sheet metal substructure

FE620010 45

FE620015 55

FE620020 65 sheet metal substructure

GEOMETRY

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

DWS STRIP - bound screws

d 1 CODE L description

[mm] [mm]

3,9 PH 2

3,9 PH 2

3,9 PH 2

HH10600404 30 timber substructure

HH10600405 35

HH10600406 45

HH10600402 35

HH10600401 30 sheet-metal substructure max 0,75

HH10600403 45

HH10600397 30 fermacell

HH10600398 35

Compatible with nailgun HH3371, see page 405.

CONCRETE

CONCRETE

MBS | MBZ

| SKS EVO

SKR | SKS | SKP

CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS

CERTIFICATION

Timber-to-concrete fastener with specific CE certification according to ETA-19/0244. Tested and calculated with parallel and crossed arrangement of 45° and 30° connectors, with and without wooden planking.

RAPID

DRY SYSTEM

Approved system, self-drilling, reversible, fast and minimally invasive. Optimum static and noise performances, both for new projects and structural restoration.

COMPLETE RANGE

Self-perforating tip with notch and countersunk cylindrical head. Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) and two lengths (160 and 240 mm) to optimize the number of fasteners.

INSTALLATION INDICATOR

During installation, the under head counter-thread serves as “correct installation” indicator and increases the fastener tightness inside the concrete.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

• timber based panels

• solid timber

• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)

• CLT and LVL

• high density woods

• concrete EN 206-1

• lightweight concrete EN 206-1

• lightened concrete based on silicates

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE

Ideal for composite floors and for renovation of existing floors. Stiffness values also calculated in the presence of vapour barrier sheet or soundproofing layer.

STRUCTURAL RESTORATION

Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Certification specific for application in timber-concrete structures.

Composite timber-concrete floors on CLT panel with 45° connectors arranged in a single row.

Composite timber-concrete floors with 30° connectors arranged in a double row.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

(2) The friction component µ can be considered only in arrangement with inclined non-crossed screws (30° e 45°) and without the soundproofing foil.

]

(3) Value only valid in the absence of soundproofing foil for arrangements with 45° angled, uncrossed connectors

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SLIP MODULUS K ser

The K ser slip modulus is to be understood as relating to a single connector or a pair of crossed connectors subject to a parallel force at the slip surface.

connector arrangement without soundproofing layer

connector arrangement with soundproofing layer

at a

parallels

crossed

crossed I ef = depth of CTC connector pull-through into timber element, in millimetres. Soundproofing foil is defined as a resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS

d 1 [mm] 7 9

a1 [mm] 130∙sin(α )

a 2 [mm] 35 45

a 1,CG [mm] 85 85

a 2,CG [mm] 32 37

a CROSS [mm] 11 14

α = angle between connector and grain

α = 45°/30°

NOTE on page 269

crossed parallel at 30°/45°

α )

PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS

Solid timber C24 (EN 338:2004) - not subject to continuous monitoring

Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.

Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.

Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.

STRUCTURAL VALUES - CALCULATION STANDARD NTC 2018

PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS

Glulam GL24h (EN14080:2013) - subject to continuous monitoring

Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.

Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.

Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.

STRUCTURAL VALUES - CALCULATION STANDARD EN 1995-1-1-2014

PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS

Glulam GL24h (EN14080:2013)

Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.

Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.

Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.

EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN PARALLEL CONFIGURATION ON 1 ROW

CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN PARALLEL CONFIGURATION IN 2 ROWS

CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN CROSSED CONFIGURATION ON 1 ROW

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-19/0244.

• The design shear strength of the single inclined connector is given by the minimum contribution between the design strength on the timber side (Rax,d), the concrete design shear strength (Rax,concrete,d) and the steel design shear strength (Rtens,d): Rax,d Rax,concrete,d Rtens,d Rv,Rd = (cos α + µ sin α) min

where α is the angle between connector and grain (45° or 30°).

• Soundproofing foil is defined as a resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.

• The friction component µ can be considered only in arrangement with inclined non-crossed screws (30° e 45°) and without the soundproofing foil.

• The minimum height of the timber beam must be H ≥ 100 mm.

• The concrete collaborating slab must have a thickness sc of 50 mm ≤ sC ≤ 0,7 H; however, it is recommended to limit the thickness to a maximum of 100 mm to ensure the correct distribution of forces between the slab, connector and timber beam.

NOTES

• The pre-dimensioning of the CTC connectors was performed according to Appendix B of EN 1995-1-1:2014 and ETA-19/0244.

• The predimensioning tables for the number of connectors were calculated according to both the Italian standard NTC 2018 and the European standard EN 1995-1-1:2014, making the following assumptions:

- distance between beams i = 660 mm;

- class C20/25 concrete slab (Rck=25 N/mm2) with thickness sC=50 mm;

- the presence of a 20 mm thick t s board with a characteristic density of 350 kg/m3;

- in the concrete slab, a Ø8 electrowelded mesh with a mesh size of 200 x 200 mm is planned.

• The predimensioning tables for the number of connectors were calculated according to both the Italian standard NTC 2018 and the European standard EN 1995-1-1:2014, considering the following loads as agents:

- own weight gk1 (timber beam + wooden planking + concrete slab);

- permanent non-structural load gk2 = 2 kN/m2;

- variable load of medium duration qk = 2 kN/m2

• Pitch means the minimum and maximum spacing values at which the connectors are positioned, respectively at the sides (L/4 - minimum spacing) and in the central part of the beam (L/2 - maximum spacing).

• The connectors may be arranged in several rows (1 ≤ n ≤ 3) along the beam, subject to the minimum distances.

• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).

TC FUSION

TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE JOINT SYSTEM

HYBRID STRUCTURES

The VGS, VGZ and RTR full-thread connectors are now certified for any type of application where a timber element (wall, ceiling, etc.) must transmit stresses to a concrete element (bracing core, foundation, etc.).

PREFABRICATION

The concrete prefabrication combines with timber prefabrication: the reinforcing bars inserted into the concrete casting accommodate the full thread timber connectors; the supplementary casting carried out after installing the timber components completes the connection.

POST-AND-SLAB SYSTEMS

It allows connections between CLT panels with exceptional strength and stiffness for shear, bending moment and axial stress: an example is its use with SPIDER and PILLAR.

FIELDS OF USE

Timber-to-concrete joints:

• CLT, LVL

• glulam and solid timber

• concrete according to EN 206-1

VGS
RTR

SPIDER AND PILLAR

TC FUSION complements the SPIDER and PILLAR systems, allowing the implementation of moment connections between panels. Rothoblaas waterproofing systems make it possible to separate timber and concrete.

CONNECTORS

FIELD OF USE

ETA 22/0806 is specifically for timber-concrete applications with VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors. The calculation method for evaluating both joint strength and stiffness is made explicit. The connection allows the transfer of shear, tensile and bending moment stresses between timber elements (CLT, LVL, GL) and concrete, both at floor and wall level.

Rigid joint:

• cut in the panel plane (Vy)

• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)

• tension (N)

• bending moment (M)

Hinge joint:

• cut in the panel plane (Vy)

• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)

• tension (N)

INSTALLATION

Rothoblaas FOR

CONNECTIONS

APPLICATIONS | CLT-CONCRETE

FLOOR-FLOOR

FLOOR-WALL

WALL-FOUNDATION

WALL-WALL

FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

More information on applications with the TC FUSION system in the data sheets of the VGS and RTR connectors. Discover them on page 164 and page 196

| MBZ

SELF-TAPPING SCREW FOR MASONRY

TIMBER AND PVC DOORS/WINDOWS

The countersunk head (MBS) allows PVC window frames to be installed without damaging the frame. The cylindrical head (MBZ) is able to penetrate and remain embedded in timber frames.

IFT CERTIFICATION

Strength values in different substrates tested in cooperation with the Institute for Window Technology (IFT) in Rosenheim.

HI-LOW THREADING

The HI-LOW thread allows for safe fastening even near the edges of the support, thanks to the reduced tension induced on the material, ideal for frames. LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Fastening of timber (MBZ) and PVC (MBS) window frames on the following supports:

• solid and perforated brick

• solid and perforated concrete

• light concrete

• autoclaved aerated concrete

MBZ
MBS

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

MBS - countersunk screw

GEOMETRY AND PARAMETERS OF INSTALLATION

MBZ - cylindrical head

hole diameter in the timber element

Hole diameter in the PVC element d F [mm] 7,5 -

d 1 screw diameter

d K head diameter

d 0 diameter of pre-drilling hole concrete/brickwork

d V pre-drilling hole diameter in the timber element

d F hole diameter in the PVC element

h nom nominal anchoring depth

STRUCTURAL VALUES

WITHDRAWAL RESISTANCE

(1)The recommended withdrawal values are obtained considering a safety coefficient of 3.

INSTALLATION

SKR EVO | SKS EVO

SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE

RAPID DRY SYSTEM

Fast and easy operation. The special threading requires a small predrill and guarantees fastening on concrete without creating expansion stresses in the concrete. Reduced minimum distances.

C4 EVO COATING

Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 and service class 3.

LARGER HEAD

Robust and easy to install, thanks to the increased geometry of the SKR hexagonal head.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

FIELDS OF USE

Fastening of timber or steel elements to concrete supports.

carbon steel with C4 EVO coating
SKS EVO
SKR EVO

SKR EVO - hexagonal head

SKS EVO - countersunk head

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES

CODE description

SOCKET13 SW 13 bushing 1/2” connection

SOCKET16 SW 16 bushing 1/2” connection

SOCKET18 SW 18 bushing 1/2” connection

d 1 external diameter of anchor

L anchor length

t fix maximum fastening thickness

h1 minimum hole depth

hnom nominal anchoring depth

d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support

dF maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened

SW wrench size

dK head diameter

T inst tightening torque

SKR | SKS | SKP

SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE CE1

SEISMIC PERFORMANCE

Certified for applications on cracked and non-cracked concrete and in performance class for seismic actions C1 (M10-M16) and C2 (M12-M16).

IMMEDIATE STRENGTH

Its operating principle allows the load to be applied after zero waiting times.

OPERATION BY SHAPE

The stresses acting on the anchor are transmitted to the substrate predominantly through the interaction of the geometric conformation of the anchor, in particular, diameter and thread; allowing it to lock into the substrate and guaranteeing the seal.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Fastening of timber or steel elements to supports:

• concrete according to EN 206:2013

• cracked and uncracked concrete

SKR - hexagonal head with mock washer

SKS - countersunk head

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES

GEOMETRY

d 1 external diameter of anchor

L anchor length

t fix maximum fastening thickness

h1 minimum hole depth

hnom nominal anchoring depth

h ef effective anchor depth

d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support

dF maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened SW wrench size

dK head diameter

T inst tightening torque

SKR SKS SKP

METAL

SBS A2 | AISI304 SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW

SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW

SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304

MCS A2 | AISI304

MTS A2 | AISI304

TIMBER-TO-METAL

DRILLING METAL

Timber-metal screws have a special tip that allows the hole to be drilled into the metal elements directly during installation of the screw.

Their operation follows the same principles as drill and cut bits.

Metal drilling produces much heat around the working area: 80% of this heat is contained in the steel shavings generated during the process.

It is essential to keep drilling waste away from the drill in order to preserve its pull-through capabilities.

Generally, wood-metal screw tips are made of carbon steel, which is less stable than drill steel tips (SNAIL METAL) when subjected to high temperatures.

In extreme situations, the heat generated can reach such high levels that the tip melts and burns in the wood.

In timber, milling greater than the depth of the plate facilitates the removal of drilling residues and helps to maintain an acceptable temperature near the tip.

The temperature of the tip depends proportionally on:

SCREWDRIVER REVOLUTIONS [RPM]

We recommend the use of screwdrivers with speed control, equipped with a clutch or torque control (e.g. Mafel A 18M BL).

APPLIED FORCE [kg]

This is the force with which the operator pushes the screw during installation.

PLATE HARDNESS

It is the metal's strength to drilling or cutting, which does not depend so much on the material class as on the heat treatment to which the metal has been subjected (e.g. quenching/ tempering).

In general, a lower applied force and lower screwing speed is required to drill aluminium than steel, precisely because of its lower hardness.

Insertion tests of self-drilling dowels in timber-steel applications with controlled force.

The table shows the balanced combinations of screwdriver RPM and force (Fappl) to be used to easily drill steel depending on the nominal diameter of the screw/dowel.

The applied force can be decreased, as long as the number of screwdriver revolutions is increased proportionally (and vice versa).

In the case of particularly hard steels, reducing the screwdriver revolutions and increasing the applied force can help.

Waste chips produced during drilling.
[kg]

TIMBER-TO-METAL TIPS AND SCREWS

HOW DO TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREWS WORK?

The shape of the tip favours cleaning the hole, pushing steel shavings away from the hole.

The narrowing at the tip of the SBD serves precisely to create space for cutting waste away from the drilling area.

The maximum fixable thickness (A max) corresponds to the length of the screw minus the tip and 3 thread turns.

3 thread turns are in fact the ideal length for gripping the screw in the metal plate.

The length of the tip L p determines the maximum thickness that can be drilled.

L p must be long enough to channel the residues. If the thread makes contact with the plate before drilling is complete, the connector may break.

TIMBER-METAL TIP WITH FINS

In applications where the thickness of the timber element to be fixed (A) is much greater than that of the metal plate (s), fins are used at the tip

The fins protect the thread, ensuring that it does not come into contact with the timber element.

By creating an enlarged hole, the fins do not damage the thread and allow it to reach the plate intact.

Once they come into contact with the plate, the fins break, allowing the thread to grip the plate.

SBS screw before and after installation
An enlarged hole prevents the timber element from lifting from the base metal during metal drilling.
tip
fins
thread head
SBD
SBN
SBS

SELF-DRILLING DOWEL

TAPERED TIP

The new tapered self-perforating tip minimises insertion times in timber-to-metal connection systems and guarantees applications in hardto-reach positions (reduced application force).

GREATER STRENGTH

Higher shear strengths than the previous version. The 7.5 mm diameter ensures higher shear strengths than other solutions on the market and enables optimisation of the number of fasteners.

DOUBLE THREAD

The thread close to the tip (b1 ) facilitates screwing. The longer under-head thread (b 2) allows quick and precise closing of the joint.

CYLINDRICAL HEAD

It allows the dowel to penetrate beyond the surface of the timber substrate. It ensures an optimal appearance and meets fire-strength requisites.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

VIDEO

Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel

FIELDS OF USE

Self-drilling system for concealed timber-to. steel joints.

It can be used with screw guns running at 6002100 rpm, minimum applied force 25 kg, with:

• steel S235 ≤ 10.0 mm

• steel S275 ≤ 10.0 mm

• steel S355 ≤ 10.0 mm

• ALUMINI, ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI brackets

MOMENT RESTORING

It restores shear and moment forces in concealed centreline joints of large beams.

EXCEPTIONAL SPEED

The only dowel that drills a 5 mm thick S355 plate in 20 seconds (horizontal application with an applied force of 25 kg).

No self-drilling pin exceeds the application speed of the SBD with its new tip.

Fastening of Rothoblaas pillar-holder with internal knife plate F70.

joint with double internal plate (LVL).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SBDS75215 215 40 40 50

SBDS75235 235 40 40 50

GEOMETRY

AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rigid ”knee“
SBD L ≤ 75 mm
SBD L ≥ 95 mm
SBD L ≥ 95 mm
SBD L ≤ 75 mm

INSTALLATION | ALUMINIUM PLATE

It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1 mm.

pressure to be applied

40 kg

recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL

recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)

INSTALLATION | STEEL PLATE

pressure to be applied 25 kg

recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL

recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)

It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1 mm.

pressure to be applied

40 kg

recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL

recommended speed 2nd gear (1000-1500 rpm)

PLATE HARDNESS

pressure to be applied 25 kg

recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL

recommended speed 2nd gear (1500-2000 rpm)

The steel plate hardness can greatly vary the pull-through times of the dowels. Hardness is in fact defined as the material's strength to drilling or shear. In general, the harder the plate, the longer the drilling time.

The hardness of the plate does not always depend on the strength of the steel, it can vary from point to point and is strongly influenced by heat treatments: standardised plates have a medium to low hardness, while the hardening process gives the steel high hardnesses.

1 INTERNAL PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm

1 INTERNAL PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 15 mm

2 INTERNAL PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm

2 INTERNAL PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 10 mm

;

;

a4,t [mm] 3∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal dowel diamter

NOTES

• Minimum distances FOR CONNECTORS SUBJECTED TO SHEAR STRESS in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR-STRESSED DOWELS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several dowels, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.

For a row of n dowels arranged parallel to the direction of the grain (α = 0°) at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and dowels geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• The values provided are calculated using 5 mm thick plates and a 6 mm thick milled cut in the wood. Values are relative to a single SBD dowel.

• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.

• The dowels must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The effective length of SBD (L ≥ 95 mm) dowels takes into account the diameter reduction in the vicinity of the self-drilling tip.

NOTES

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

For different ρ k values, the strength on the table on the timber side can be converted by the kdens,v coefficient

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate, increased by at least 1-2 mm, placing SHIM spacers between the wood and the plate to centre it in the milling.

In this way, the steel residue from the drilling of the metal has an outlet to escape and does not obstruct the passage of the drill through the plate, thus avoiding overheating of the plate and timber and also preventing the generation of smoke during installation.

To avoid breakage of the tip at the moment of pin-plate contact, it is recommended to reach the plate slowly, pushing with a lower force until the moment of impact and then increasing it to the recommended value (40 kg for top-down applications and 25 kg for horizontal installations). Try to keep the dowel as perpendicular as possible to the surface of the timber and the plate.

If the steel plate is too hard, the dowel tip may shrink significantly or even melt. In this case, it is advisable to check the material certificates for any heat treatment or hardness tests performed. Try decreasing the force applied or alternatively changing the type of plate.

Cutter increased by 1 mm on each side.
Intact tip after correct installation of the dowel.
Tip melted during installation on a too hard plate without spacers between timber and plate.
Shavings obstructing the holes in the steel during drilling (spacers not installed).
Broken (cut) tip due to excessive force during impact with metal.
Reduction of the tip when drilling the plate due to the high hardness of the plate.

SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW

CERTIFIED

The SBS self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.

TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP

Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 8 mm) and steel (thickness: up to 6 mm).

CUTTING FINS

The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.

[mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:

• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 6 mm

• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 8,0 mm

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37

s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

INSTALLATION

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER-TO-STEEL

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014

4,2

ε = screw-to-grain angle

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SS ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SS < d1 ).

• The characteristic shear strengths on a steel plate are calculated for the minimum drilling hole thickness ss,min (min plate) and maximum ss,max (max plate).

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

• For the Ø4.2 and Ø4.8 screws, the characteristic pull-through strength of the head was calculated by taking the values from the experimental tests carried out at the HFB Engineering laboratory, Leipzig, Germany, as valid.

SBS A2 | AISI304

SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW

BIMETAL SCREW

The head and body are made of A2 | AISI304 stainless steel, thus providing high resistant to corrosion. The tip is made of carbon steel for excellent drilling performance.

TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP

Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium and steel. The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through.

STAINLESS STEEL

The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel head and body make it ideal for outdoor applications. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

FIELDS

OF USE

Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:

• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 6,0 mm

• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 8,0 mm

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate

GEOMETRY

INSTALLATION

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm

OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT

Austenitic A2 stainless steel offers higher corrosion resistance.

Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea and on class T4 acid wood.

SPP

SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW

CERTIFIED

The SPP self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.

TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP

Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 10 mm) and steel (thickness: up to 8 mm).

CUTTING FINS

The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.

WIDE RANGE

The SPP version, with partially thread, is ideal for fastening sandwich panels, even thick ones, to steel. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:

• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 8 mm

• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 10 mm

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

6,3 TX 30

s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37

s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

SIP PANELS

The SPP version is ideal for fastening SIP panels and sandwich panels thanks to the complete range of lengths (up to 240 mm).

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER-TO-STEEL

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm] 12∙d

a3,t [mm] 15∙d

a3,c [mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 5∙d

a4,c [mm] 5∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

a3,t [mm] 12∙d

a3,c [mm] 7∙d

a4,t [mm] 3∙d

a4,c [mm] 3∙d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

1 [mm] 5∙d

[mm] 10∙d

a4,t [mm] 10∙d

[mm] 5∙d

[mm] 7∙d

a3,c [mm] 7∙d

a4,t [mm] 7∙d

NOTES

• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS

The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:

Ref,V,k = RV,k nef

The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1

1( * )

( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.

STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES

EN 1995:2014

ε = screw-to-grain angle

INSTALLATION

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm

STRUCTURAL VALUES

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES | TIMBER

• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated by considering the case of intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ) or thick plate (SPLATE ≥ d1 ).

• The characteristic shear strengths on a steel plate are calculated for the minimum drilling hole thickness Ssmin (min plate) and maximum Ssmax (max plate).

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.

SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304

SELF-DRILLING METAL SCREW

TIP FOR METAL

Special self-perforating tip for iron and steel in thicknesses ranging from 0,7 mm to 5,25 mm. Ideal for fastening overlapping sections of metal and sheet metal.

FINE THREAD

Fine thread ideal for precise fastening on sheet metal or for metal-to-metal or timber-to-metal couplings.

STAINLESS STEEL

Also available in a bimetal version with head and body in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel and tip in carbon steel. Ideal for outdoor fastening of clips on aluminium supports.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

FIELDS OF USE

Direct fastening, without pre-drill, of metal structural elements to steel substructures (maximum thickness: 5,25 mm).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SBN

| AISI304

3,5

s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium)

GEOMETRY

INSTALLATION

01 02 03

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm

SBN A2 | AISI304

Ideal for outdoor fastening to standard Rothoblaas aluminium clips.

See CLIP for decks from page 356.

SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR STEEL, HEXAGONAL HEAD

SELF-PERFORATING TIP

Self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity (up to 6 mm on steel).

EFFECTIVE

Self-tapping thread for steel and hexagonal head with dummy washer SW 10.

WATERTIGHT

Complete with integrated washer with EPDM seal for watertight fastening.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

EPDM gasket

FIELDS OF USE

Direct fastening, without pre-drill hole, of metal structural elements and sheet metal to steel substructures maximum thickness 6,0 mm.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium)

GEOMETRY

TRAPEZOIDAL METAL SHEET ROOFS

Thanks to its steel drilling capability and the watertightness of the combined washer, it is the ideal choice for application on trapezoidal sheet metal.

MCS A2 | AISI304

SCREW WITH WASHER FOR METAL SHEET

INTEGRATED WASHER

A2 | AISI304 stainless steel screw with integrated A2 | AISI304 stainless steel washer and EPDM gasket.

STAINLESS STEEL

The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion. Also available in various colours: copper or chocolate brown.

TORX BIT

Convex head with Torx slot for secure fastening of sheet metal on wood or plaster. Ideal for fixing gutters and sheet metal flaps on wood.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

FIELDS OF USE

It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fastening metal structural elements to wooden substructures.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY

MCS4525A2 25 200

MCS4535A2 35 200

MCS4545A2 45 200

MCS4560A2 60 200

1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20

MCS4580A2 80 100

MCS45100A2 100 200

MCS45120A2 120 200

MCS4525A2M 25 200

MCS4535A2M 35 200

1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20

MCS4545A2M 45 200

MCS4525CU 25 200

MCS4535CU 35 200

MCS4545CU 45 200

MCS4560CU 60 200

1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20

MCS4580CU 80 100

MCS45100CU 100 100 MCS45120CU 120 200

MCS4525A2B 25 200

MCS4535A2B 35 200

1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20

MCS4545A2B 45 200

PERGOLAS

Ideal for fastening trapezoidal metal on the wooden pergolas and outdoor structures.

MCS CU: copper finish
MCS B: RAL 9002 - light grey
MCS M: RAL 8017 - chocolate brown
MCS A2: stainless steel

MTS A2 | AISI304

SCREWS FOR METAL SHEET

HEXAGONAL HEAD

Ideal for use in combination with WBAZ washers to achieve water-tight fastening to metal sheet; requires a pre-drill. The hexagonal head facilitates any subsequent removal.

STAINLESS STEEL

The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion and excellent durability, even in very aggressive environments.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

Nominal

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

GEOMETRY

Mechanical parameters from experimental tests.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH

PRE-PAINTED METAL SHEET CAP WITH PE GASKET

WATERPROOF

Prepainted carbon steel cap complete with PE gasket for a watertight seal with the sheet.

40 x 50 mm aluminium version.

COMPLETE RANGE

Full range of sizes for compatibility with different trapezoidal sheet metal sizes on the market.

AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE

Available in a variety of colours to suit every roofing aesthetic requirement.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

RAL 9005 - light grey
RAL 3009 - Siena red
RAL 8017 - dark brown

STAINLESS STEEL WASHER WITH SEALING GASKET

WATERPROOF

Perfect watertight closure and excellent sealing thanks to the EPDM sealing gasket.

RESISTANT TO UV RAYS

Excellent resistance to UV rays. Ideal for outdoor use thanks to the adaptability of the EPDM gasket and washer in stainless steel A2 | AISI304.

VERSATILITY

Ideal for use on sheets (thickness: up to 0,7 mm) in combination with TBS EVO Ø6 screws, that can be installed without pre-drill, or with MTS A2 | AISI304 screws, installed with pre-drill.

EPDM gasket

FIELDS OF USE

Ideal in combination with TBS EVO, TBS EVO C5 or MTS screws for fastening metal sheets to timber and metal substructures exposed to weathering and UV radiation.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

screw D 2 H

÷

INSTALLATION

Correct tightening

NOTES:

Excessive tightening

The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8-9 mm.

TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package Ø x L [mm]

6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 30

6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50

6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70

6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90

6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 110

6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 130

6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 150

6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 170

MTS A2 + WBAZ fastening package

Ø x L [mm]

6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50

6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70

6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90

For more information on related products see page 102 for TBS EVO and page 308 for MTS A2.

Insufficient tightening

The maximum thickness of the fastening package was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4d.

FAUX ROOFING TILE

Tightening off axis

Can also be used on sandwich panels, corrugated panels and faux roofing tiles.

DECKS AND FACADES

DECKS AND FACADES

SCI

SCI A4 | AISI316

SCI A2 | AISI304

KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316

CONE-SHAPED

KKT A4 | AISI316 CONE-SHAPED

KKT

FAS A4 | AISI316

KKZ A2 | AISI304

KKZ

KKF

JFA

WOOD SPECIES | pH and density

Each wood species has unique characteristics that influence its stability and strength to weathering, mould, fungus and pests. Where the density of the material is such that the functionality of the connector is compromised (ρ k > 500 kg/m3), pre-drilling is required prior to screwing. The limiting density depends on the type of connector chosen.

ρk pH

The pH of each wood is an indication of the presence of acetic acid, a corrosive agent for various types of metal in contact with wood, especially when the latter is in service class S3. The classification of wood for average moisture contents between 16 and 20 per cent (classes T3/T4) and consequently the type of connectors to be used depends on the pH value.

ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,3-5,8

ρ k ≈ 750 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2

ρ k = 550-980 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2

Heat treatments

ρ k = 630-790 kg/m3 pH = 4,9-6,0 pH > 4

ρ k = 700-800 kg/m3 pH ~ 6,2

ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,1-4,4

ρ k = 420-580 kg/m3 pH = 2,5-3,5

ρ k = 490-630 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9

Heat or thermo-impregnating treatments can introduce aggressive components (e.g. copper) into the wood structure and/or lower the pH value. Sometimes the reduction in pH is such that the corrosivity class changes from T3 to T4. (e.g. Beech pH ~ 3,4).

"standard" timbers low acidity “aggressive” woods high acidity

ρ k = 960-1100 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9

ρ k = 90-260 kg/m3 pH = 5,5-6,7

ρ k = 410-435 kg/m3 pH = 5,5-6,0

ρ k = 540-750 pH ~ 6,1

ρ k = 900-1000 kg/m3 pH = 4,9-5,2

North American spruce P. rubens, P. glauca,P. mariana
Western red cedar Thuja plicata
Douglas fir Pseudotsuga menziesii
Blue Douglas fir Pseudotsuga taxifolia
Red oak Quercus rubra
White oak Quercus alba
Grand fir Abies grandis
American black cherry Prunus serotina
Parana Pine Araucaria angustifolia
Massaranduba-Balatá Manilkara
Ipè Tabebuia spp.
Red maple Acer rubrum
Balsa Ochroma

Maritime pine Pinus pinaster

ρ k = 500-620 kg/m3

pH ~ 3,8

European chestnut Castanea sativa

ρ k = 580-600 kg/m3

pH = 3,4-3,7

Common ash Fraxinus excelsior

ρ k = 720-860 kg/m3

pH ~ 5,8

Oak Quercus petraea

ρ k = 665-760 kg/m3

pH ~ 3,9

Scots pine Pinus sylvestris

ρ k = 510-890 kg/m3

pH ~ 5,1

Oak or European oak Quercus robur

ρ k = 690-960 kg/m3

pH = 3,4-4,2

Olmo Ulmus

ρ k = 550-850 kg/m3

pH = 6,45-7,15

European larch Larix decidua

ρ k = 590-850 kg/m3

pH = 4,2-5,4

Spruce Picea abies

ρ k = 470-680 kg/m3

pH = 4,1-5,3

Beech

Fagus

ρ k = 720-910 kg/m3

pH ~ 5,9

White birch Birch warty

ρ k = 650-830 kg/m3

pH = 4,85-5,35

Iroko

Milicia

Tectona grandis

ρ k = 660-700 kg/m3

pH ~ 5,1

Idigbo Terminalia ivorensis

ρ k = 450-600 kg/m3

pH = 3,5-4,1

ρ k = 690-850 kg/m3

pH = 5,6-7,0

Obeche Triplochiton scleroxylon

ρ k = 400-550 kg/m3

pH = 5,4-6,2

African padouk Pterocarpus soyauxii

ρ k = 700-850 kg/m3

pH = 3,7-5,6

Jarrah Eucalyptus marginata

ρ k = 800-900 kg/m3

pH = 3-3,7

African ebony Acer rubrum

ρ k = 1000-1200 kg/m3

pH = 4,2

African mahogany Khaya

ρ k = 450-550 kg/m3

pH = 5,0 - 5,4

Density and pH taken from: "Wagenführ R; Wagenführ A. Holzatlas (2022)" and from "Canadian Conservation Institute Jean Tetreault, Coatings for Display and Storage in Museums (January 1999)".

Teak

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

MAXIMUM CORROSION PERFORMANCE

Rated in the highest corrosion resistance class by EN 1993-1-1:2006/ A1:2015 (CRC V), it offers the highest atmospheric corrosion (C5) and wood (T5) resistance.

HCR: HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE

Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by its high molybdenum and nickel content for maximum corrosion resistance, while the presence of nitrogen ensures excellent mechanical performance.

INDOOR POOLS

The chemical composition, in particular the high nickel and molybdenum content, confers strength to chloride pitting and, hence, stress corrosion cracking. This is the reason why it is the only category of stainless steel suitable for use in indoor swimming pools according to Eurocode 3.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

HCR | AL-6XN (CRC V) super-austenitic stainless steel

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor and indoor use in extremely aggressive environments.

• indoor pools

• façade

• very wet areas

• oceanic climate

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Mechanical parameters from experimental tests.

SAUNAS AND WELLNESS CENTRES

Ideal in environments with very high moisture and the presence of salts and chlorides.

SCI A4 | AISI316

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

SUPERIOR STRENGTH

Special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.

A4 | AISI316

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.

T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m3 (with pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.

Find out more on page 58.

GEOMETRY Nominal

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

Mechanical parameters from experimental tests

MARINE ENVIRONMENTS

Can be used in aggressive environments and in areas near the sea thanks to the A4 | AISI316 stainless steel.

SCI A2 | AISI304

COUNTERSUNK SCREW

3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

SUPERIOR STRENGTH

New tip, special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.

A2 | AISI304

A2 austenitic stainless steel. It offers high corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea in class C4 on most acid woods in class T4.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

FIELDS OF USE

Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m3 (with pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

3,5

15

4 TX 20

4,5

SCI4030

( * ) Not holding CE marking.

SCI A2 COIL

Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.

Compatible with KMR 3373 and KMR 3352 for Ø4 and KMR 3372 and KMR 3338 for Ø5. For further information see page 403.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

RELATED PRODUCTS

HUS A4

TURNED WASHER see page 68

GEOMETRY

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = d1 = nominal screw diameter

MINIMUM DISTANCES

NOTES

• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 42).

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 42).

STRUCTURAL VALUES

geometry

timber-to-timber

SHEAR

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES

EN 1995:2014

TENSION

timber-to-timber with washer thread withdrawal head pull-through head pull-through with washer

legno-legno con rondella

3,5

4

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with EN 14592.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements.

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths with washer were evaluated considering the actual thread length in the second element.

KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW

COLOURED HEAD

Version in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel with brown, grey or black coloured head. Excellent camouflaging with wood. Ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5).

COUNTER THREAD

The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.

TRIANGULAR BODY

The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional pull-through capacity.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A4 austenitic stainless steel | AISI316 (CRC III) with organic coloured head coating

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

BROWN COLOUR HEAD BLACK COLOUR HEAD

GREY COLOUR HEAD

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

hole diameter(1)

V [mm]

- 4,0 (1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS Nominal

[N/mm 2]

CARBONIZED WOOD

Ideal for fastening wooden planks with a burnt effect. Can also be used with acetylate-treated woods.

MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

k ≤ 420 kg/m3

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 12 d 60

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 15 d 75

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 5 d 25

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 5 d 25

a 2 [mm] 3 d 15

a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60

a3,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

a4,t [mm] 3 d 15

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 10 d 50

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 10 d 50

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25 d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5 d 25

d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20

a 2 [mm] 4 d 20

a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a3,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

a4,t [mm] 7 d 35

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

geometry

timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole

SHEAR

timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole

legno-legno con preforo

L b

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

thread withdrawal

CHARACTERISTIC

EN 1995:2014

TENSION

head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal

NOTES

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.

• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic

has been considered.

A4 | AISI316

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW

AGGRESSIVE ENVIRONMENTS

A4 | AISI316 stainless steel version ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5). KKT X version with short length and long bit for use with clips.

COUNTER THREAD

The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.

TRIANGULAR BODY

The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).

KKT A4 | AISI316
KKT X A4 | AISI316

CODES

AND

KKT A4 | AISI316

DIMENSIONS

KKT X A4 | AISI316 -

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

A4 | AISI316

X A4 | AISI316

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

X Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVM, TERRALOCK) in outdoor environments. Long bit included in each package.

KKT
KKT

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 5 d 25

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 15 d 75

a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 20 d 100

a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a4,t [mm] 7 d 35

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 5 d 25

a 2 [mm] 3 d 15

a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60

a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d 25

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d 50

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 10 d 50 a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 15 d 75

a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a4,t [mm] 12 d 60

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 4 d 20

a 2 [mm] 4 d 20

a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

EN 1995:2014

KKT A4 |AISI316

geometry

timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole

SHEAR TENSION

timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole

thread withdrawal head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal

KKT X A4 |AISI316 SHEAR TENSION

geometry

steel-to-timber thin plate

steel-to-timber intermediate plate thread withdrawal

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The KKT A4 screws with double thread are mainly used for timber-to-timber joints.

• The KKT X total thread screws are mainly used for steel plates (e.g. TERRALOCK patio system).

NOTES

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.

• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ).

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3 has been considered.

KKT COLOR

CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW

ORGANIC COLOURED COATING

Carbon steel version with coloured anti-rust coating (brown, grey, green, sand and black) for outdoor use in service class 3 on non acid timbers (T3).

COUNTER THREAD

The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.

TRIANGULAR BODY

The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through. FIELDS

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust coating

OF USE

Outdoor use.

Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

KKT BROWN COLOUR

5 TX 20

6 TX 25

KKT GREY COLOUR

5 TX 20

KKT GREEN COLOUR

KKT SAND COLOUR

KKT

Full threaded screw.

KKT COLOR STRIP

Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.

For information on screwdriver and additional products see page 403.

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

KKT BROWN COLOUR

Compatible with KMR 3372 loaders, code HH3372 and HH3338 with appropriate TX20 bit (code TX2075)

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d [mm]

a

a

a3,t

a3,c

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

KKT SHEAR TENSION

timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole

geometry

steel-to-timber thin plate steel-to-timber intermediate plate thread withdrawal CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014

with pre-drilling hole

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The KKT screws with twin thread are mainly used for wood-wood joints.

• The KKTN540 fully threaded screw is mainly used for steel plates (e.g. FLAT patio system).

NOTES

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.

• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.

• A characteristic head-pull-through parameter equal to 20 N/mm2 with associated density ρ a = 350 kg/m3 is considered in the calculation phase for the Ø5 diameter.

• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ).

• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3 has been considered.

FAS A4 | AISI316

SCREWS FOR FAÇADES

OPTIMISED GEOMETRY

Thanks to its flange head, partially threaded body and self-drilling tip, it is the appropriate screw for fastening façade panels (HPL, fibre cement sheets, etc.) on timber battens.

A4 | AISI316

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.

COLOURED HEAD

Available in white, grey or black for perfect colour uniformity with the panel. The colour of the head can be customised on request.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)

FIELDS OF USE

It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fixing of façade elements (HPL panels, fibre cement slabs, etc.) to timber substructures.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

FAS: stainless steel

FAS N: RAL 9005 - black

GEOMETRY

FAS W: RAL 9010 - white

FAS G: RAL 7016 - anthracite gray

COMPATIBILITY

FAS is compatible with the most common fibre cement and HPL façade panel systems.

A2 | AISI304

COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW

HARD WOODS

Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill (with pre-drill, over 1000 kg/m3).

DOUBLE THREAD

The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.

BURNISHED VERSION

Available in a version in antique-burnished stainless steel, ideal to guarantee superb camouflaging in the wood.

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

FIELDS OF USE

Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

KKZ BRONZE A2 | AISI304

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS Nominal

HARD WOOD

Also tested on very high density woods, such as IPE, massaranduba or bamboo Microllam® (over 1000 kg/m3).

ACID TIMBER T4

Based on Rothoblaas' experimental experience, A2 (AISI 304) stainless steel is suitable for use in applications on most agressive woods with acidity (pH) levels below 4, such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut (see page 314).

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 5 d 25

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

α = load-to-grain angle

d = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

[mm]

a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d

a 2 [mm] 5 d

a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50 a4,t [mm] 10 d 50 a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 15 d 75

a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 20 d 100

a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a4,t [mm] 7 d 35

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

α = load-to-grain angle

d = nominal screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 5 d 25

a 2 [mm] 3 d 15

a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60

a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15

d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 15 d 75 a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75 a4,t [mm] 12 d 60

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

a 2 [mm] 4 d 20

a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35 a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15 d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20

α = load-to-grain angle

d = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

geometry

timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole

SHEAR

timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole

thread withdrawal

CHARACTERISTIC

EN 1995:2014

TENSION

head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:

Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

NOTES

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.

• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420

has been considered.

COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW

C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.

DOUBLE THREAD

The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.

HARD WOODS

Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill (with pre-drill, over 1000 kg/m3).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance

FIELDS OF USE

Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

Pre-drilling hole diameter(1)

V [mm]

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

DISTANCE FROM THE SEA

RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) A4 | AISI316 stainless steel

C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)

(1) C5 is defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223. (2) EN 14592:2022 currently limits the service life of alternative coatings to 15 years.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH

It ensures high mechanical performance even in the presence of very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.

C5

EWS AISI410 | EWS A2

CONVEX HEAD SCREW

AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE AND ROBUSTNESS

Countersunk teardrop shaped head with curved surface for a pleasant look and firm grip with the bit. The increased shank diameter with high torsional strength for a strong, safe screwing even in high density woods.

EWS AISI410

The martensitic stainless steel version offers the highest mechanical performance. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).

EWS A2 | AISI305

The austenitic A2 stainless steel version offers higher corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea and on most of T4 class acid woods.

LENGTH [mm]

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use.

WPC boards (with pre-drill).

EWS AISI410: wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m3 (without pre-drill).

EWS A2 | AISI305: wooden

of <

(with

(without

and

with

EWS A2 | AISI305

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

EWS A2 | AISI305

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.

WITHOUT PRE-DRILLED HOLE

EWS AISI410 can be used, without pre-drill, in woods having a maximum density of 880 kg/m3 EWS A2 | AISI305 can be used, without predrill, in woods having a maximum density of 550 kg/m3

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 5 d 25

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 15 d 75

a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 20 d 100

a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a4,t [mm] 7 d 35

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 5 d 25

a 2 [mm] 3 d 15

a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60

a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

α = load-to-grain angle

d = screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.

d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d 25

a 2 [mm] 5 d 25

a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d 50

a3,c [mm] 10 d 50

a4,t [mm] 10 d 50

a4,c [mm] 5 d 25

d [mm] 5

a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35

a3,t [mm] 15 d 75

a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75

a4,t [mm] 12 d 60

a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35

d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20

a 2 [mm] 4 d 20

a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a3,c [mm] 7 d 35

a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35

a4,c [mm] 3 d 15

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

STRUCTURAL VALUES

CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014

EWS AISI410 SHEAR TENSION

geometry

timber-to-timber without pre-drilled hole

timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole thread withdrawal head pull-through

EWS A2 | AISI305 SHEAR TENSION

geometry

timber-to-timber without pre-drilled hole

timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole thread withdrawal head pull-through

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.

• Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely inserted into the wood.

• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

NOTES

• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.

• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood elements.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic

has been considered.

KKF AISI410

PAN HEAD SCREW

PAN HEAD

The flat under-head accompanies absorption of the shavings, preventing the wood from cracking and thus ensuring excellent surface finish.

LONGER THREAD

Special asymmetric “umbrella” thread with increased length (60%) for higher grip. Fine thread for the utmost precision when tightening is complete.

OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD

Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

FIELDS

OF USE

Outdoor use.

Wooden boards with density < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill).

WPC boards (with pre-drill).

GEOMETRY

AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

GEOMETRY

(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.

(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.

CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole

screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole

α = load-to-grain angle

d = nominal screw diameter

NOTES

• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.

• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.

• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.

• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.

• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 34).

SHEAR TENSION

ε = screw-to-grain angle

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.

• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod

γM

The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.

• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.

• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.

• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.

• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.

• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3

• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.

• The characteristic resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements.

NOTES

• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains and the connector in the second element.

• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains and the connector in the timber element.

• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.

• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.

R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v

R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax

R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax

ρ

Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.

KKA AISI410

SELF-DRILLING SCREW

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER | TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM

TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM

Self-perforating timber-to-metal tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to aluminium substructures.

TIMBER-TO-TIMBER

Also ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to thin wooden substructures, they, too, made with wooden boards.

METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM

Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix aluminium-aluminium overlaps.

OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD

AISI410 martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).

DIAMETER [mm]

LENGTH [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

AISI410 martensitic stainless steel

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use.

Wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m3 on aluminium with a thickness of < 3.2 mm (without pre-drill).

s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate

GEOMETRY

ALU TERRACE

for fastening timber or WPC boards, clips or angle brackets to aluminium substructures.

KKA Ø5
KKA Ø4

KKA COLOR

SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM

Self-perforating tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening clips to aluminium substructures.

ORGANIC COLOURED COATING

Black coloured anti-rust coating for outdoor use in service class 3 on non-acidic woods (T3). Concealed effect on dark substructures and clips.

METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM

Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to steel or aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix metal-metal overlaps.

KKAN Ø4x30

KKAN Ø4x40

KKAN Ø5x40

LENGTH [mm]

DIAMETER [mm] long insert included

SERVICE CLASS

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY

WOOD CORROSIVITY

MATERIAL

carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust coating

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use. Aluminium thickness < 3.2 mm (without pre-drill).

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate

LONG BIT INCLUDED code TX2050

GEOMETRY

KKAN Ø4x30 - Ø4x40 - Ø5x40 KKAN Ø4x20

COLOR

Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVMN) on aluminium. Long bit included in each package.

TVM

FLAT | FLIP

CONNECTOR FOR DECKING

INVISIBLE

Completely hidden. The version in aluminium with black coating guarantees an attractive result; the galvanized steel version offers good performance at low cost.

FAST INSTALLATION

Fast, easy installation thanks to the single-screw fastening and the integrated spacer-tab for precise spacing. Ideal for application with the PROFID spacer.

SYMMETRICAL GROOVING

Makes it possible to install deck planks regardless of the position of the grooving (symmetrical). Ribbed surface provides high mechanical strength.

BOARDS

MATERIAL

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use.

Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

KKT COLOR fastening on wood and WPC for FLAT and FLIP

KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for FLAT and FLIP

GEOMETRY

WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)

Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using KKA COLOR screws (KKAN440).

SYMMETRICAL GROOVING

Min. thickness F 4 mm

Min. recommended height H H free

INSTALLATION

Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.

Position the next board by inserting it into the FLAT/FLIP fastener.

Insert the FLAT/FLIP fastener into the groove cut so that the spacer tab adheres to the board.

Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTN screw.

Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 7 mm (see product page 395).

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.

INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2

i = battens spacing

L = board width

f = gap width

PRACTICAL EXAMPLE

NUMBER OF BOARDS AND BATTENS

B = 4 m

B = 4 m

m

SCREW SELECTION

L f PROFID FLAT/FLIP

BOARD

BATTEN

PATIO SURFACE 1m 2 /i/(L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP at m 2

WOODEN PLANKING

27 boards 4 m 27 boards 2 m

Screw head thickness

BATTENS

FLAT / FLIP NUMBER CALCULATION

QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA

I = S/i/(L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP

I = 24 m 2 /0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs FLAT/FLIP

waste coefficient = 1,05

I = 272 1,05 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP

I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP

FLAT/FLIP NUMBER = 286 pcs

Pull-through length

no. boards = [B/(L+f)] = [4/(0,14+0,007)]= 27 boards

no. 4 m boards = 27 boards no. 2 m boards = 27 boards no. battens = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 battens

PROFID KKTN

MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH = S screw head + F + H + S PROFID + L pen = 2,8 + 4 + 7 + 8 + 20 = 41,8 mm

CHOICE OF SCREW KKTN550

QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS

I = No. boards with FLAT/FLIP no. battens = pcs. of FLAT/FLIP

no. boards with FLAT/FLIP = (number of boards - 1) = (27 - 1) = 26 boards no. of battens = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0.6) + 1 = 11 battens

no. intersections = I = 26 11 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP

I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP

SCREWS NUMBER = No. FLAT/FLIP = 286 pcs KKTN550

SNAP

CONNECTOR AND SPACER FOR DECKS

VERSATILITY

It can be used both as a concealed connector for boards and as a spacer between boards and battens. SNAP is developed to be used individually but also in combination. In this case, SNAPs have dual functionality as connector and spacer, for maximum efficiency and convenience.

MICRO VENTILATION

When used as a spacer, SNAP prevents water stagnation thanks to the micro-ventilation created under the decking boards.

DURABILITY

PP (glass fiber reinforced polypropylene) material provides excellent durability at an affordable price.

BOARDS

MATERIAL FASTENING

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use.

Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

KKZ A2 | AISI304 fastening on hardwood

KKZ EVO C5 fastening on hardwood

GEOMETRY

DECK KIT

SNAP, KKT screws, TERRA BAND UV tape and GRANULO or NAG batten support are the best products for building a strong and durable terrace quickly and economically.

CONNECTOR FOR DECKING

FOUR VERSIONS

Different sizes for applications on boards with different thickness and gaps of varying width. Black version for complete concealment.

DURABILITY

The stainless steel ensures high corrosion-resistance. The micro-ventilation between the boards helps the durability of the wooden elements.

ASYMMETRIC GROOVING

Ideal for boards with asymmetrical “female-female” groove cuts. Ribbing on the surface of the connector ensures excellent stability.

BOARDS

FASTENING ON A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

MATERIAL stainless steel with coloured organic coating

FIELDS OF USE

Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

A2 | AISI304

KKT X fastening on timber and WPC for TVM A2 | AISI304

A2 | AISI304 with black coating

KKT COLOR fastening on timber and WPC for TVM COLOR

KKA AISI410 fastening on aluminium for TVM A2 | AISI304

KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for TVM COLOR

GEOMETRY

Can also be used for fastening on aluminium profiles using KKA AISI410 or KKA COLOR screws.

ASYMMETRICAL GROOVING

Min. thickness F 3 mm

Min recommended height TVM1 H 7 mm

Min recommended height TVM2 H 9 mm

Min recommended height TVM3 H 10 mm

Min. recommended height TVMN H 13 mm

INSTALLATION

Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix with suitable screws which are left visible.

Insert the TVM fastener into the groove cut so that the side fin adheres to the groove in the board.

Position the next board by inserting it into the TVM fastener.

Fix the fastener to the batten underneath by using the KKT screw.

Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 7 mm (see product page 395).

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.

INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2

1m 2 /i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM at m 2

i = battens spacing

L = board width

f = gap width

PRACTICAL EXAMPLE

NUMBER OF BOARDS AND BATTENS

CALCULATION EXAMPLE S = A ∙ B = 6 m ∙ 4 m = 24 m 2

PATIO SURFACE

WOODEN PLANKING

B = 4 m

B = 4 m

SCREW SELECTION

27 boards 4 m 27 boards 2 m

BATTENS

no. boards = [B/(L+f)] = [4/(0,14+0,007)]= 27 boards no. 4 m boards = 27 boards no. 2 m boards = 27 boards no. battens = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 battens

BOARD

BATTEN

TVM NUMBER CALCULATION

QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA

I = S/i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM

I = 24 m 2 /0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs TVM

waste coefficient = 1,05

I = 272 1,05 = 286 pcs TVM

I = 286 pcs TVM

TVM NUMBER = 286 pcs

MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH = S screw head + H + S PROFID + L pen = 2,8 + 10 + 8 + 20 = 40,8 mm

CHOICE OF SCREW KKTX540A4

QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS

I = no. boards with TVM no. battens = pcs. of TVM

no. boards with TVM = (number of boards - 1) = (27 - 1) = 26 boards

no. of battens = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0.6) + 1 = 11 battens

no. intersections = I = 26 11 = 286 pcs TVM

I = 286 pcs TVM

SCREWS NUMBER = No. TVM = 286 pcs KKTX540A4

GAP

CONNECTOR FOR DECKING

TWO VERSIONS

Available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for excellent corrosion strength (GAP3) or in galvanized carbon steel (GAP4) for good performance at a low cost.

NARROW JOINTS

Ideal for making floors with narrow joints between boards (from 3,0 mm). Fastening is performed before the board is positioned.

WPC AND HARDWOODS

Ideal for symmetrically grooved boards such as those in WPC or high-density wood.

A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GAP 3 A2 | AISI304

SCI A2 | AISI304 fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 3

SBN A2 | AISI304 fastening on aluminium for GAP 3

GEOMETRY

3 A2 | AISI304

HTS

fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 4

SBN fastening on aluminium for GAP 4

WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)

Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using SBN A2 | AISI304 screws.

SYMMETRICAL GROOVING

Min. thickness F 3 mm

Min. recommended height GAP 3 H 8 mm

GAP 3 INSTALLATION

First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.

Insert the GAP3 fastener into the groove cut so that the clip’s central tab adheres to the groove in the board.

Fix the screw in the central hole.

Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 3 or 4 mm depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 395).

Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP3 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.

GAP 4 GROOVE GEOMETRY

SYMMETRICAL GROOVING

Min. thickness F 3 mm

Min recommended height GAP 4 H 7 mm

GAP 4 INSTALLATION

First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.

Insert the GAP4 fastener into the groove cut so that the clips’ central tab adheres to the groove in the board.

Secure the screws in the two available holes.

Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 4-5 mm depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 395).

Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP4 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.

TERRALOCK

CONNECTOR FOR DECKING

INVISIBLE

Completely concealed, guarantees a highly attractive result. Ideal for both decks and façades. Available in metal and plastic.

VENTILATION

The micro-ventilation under the boards prevents water stagnation, ensuring excellent durability. The larger bearing surface ensures that the substructure is not crushed.

INGENIOUS

Assembly stop for an accurate and simple installation of the fastener. Slotted holes to follow movements of the wood. Allows replacement of individual boards.

BOARDS

FIELDS OF USE

Outdoor use. Fastening of wooden or WPC boards on substructures in timber, WPC or aluminium. In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

TERRALOCK

TER60ALU zinc-plated steel 60 x 20 x 8 100

TER180ALU zinc-plated steel 180 x 20 x 8 50

TER60ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 60 x 20 x 8 100

TER180ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 180 x 20 x 8 50

Upon request also available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for quantities over 20.000 pcs. (code TER60A2 e TER180A2).

KKT A4 | AISI316/KKT COLOR

fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK

KKTX520A4 20 200

KKTX525A4 25 200

KKTX530A4 30 200

KKTX540A4 40 100

KKTN540 40 200

GEOMETRY

TERRALOCK

TERRALOCK PP

In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.

KKF AISI410

fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK PP

TERRALOCK PP

TERRALOCK

PP

Version in plastic, ideal for creating patios near aquatic environments. Durability in time guaranteed by microventilation under the boards. Totally concealed fastening.

In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.

CONNECTOR SELECTION

TERRALOCK 60

A. TERRALOCK 60 fastener: 2pcs

B. top screws: 4pcs

C bottom screws: 1pc.

TERRALOCK PP 60

A. TERRALOCK PP 60 fastener: 2pcs

B. top screws: 4pcs

C bottom screws: 1pc.

TERRALOCK

180

A. TERRALOCK 180 fastener: 1pc

B. top screws: 2pcs

C bottom screws: 1pc.

TERRALOCK PP 180

A. TERRALOCK PP 180 fastener: 1 pc.

B. top screws: 2pcs

C bottom screws: 1pc.

TERRALOCK 60 INSTALLATION

Position two connectors per each fixing node.

Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.

TERRALOCK 180 INSTALLATION

Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.

It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.

For each board arrange one fastener and fix it by means of two KKTX screws.

CALCULATION EXAMPLE

Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.

Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.

i = i = joist spacing| L = board width | f = joint width

TERRALOCK 60

i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm

1m 2 / i / (L + f) ∙ 2 = pcs at m 2 1m 2 / 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) ∙ 2 = 23 pcs /m 2 + 46 pcs. top screws type B/m2 + 12 pcs. bottom screws type C/m2

DECKS WITH COMPLEX GEOMETRIES

TERRALOCK 180

It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.

i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm

1m 2 /i/(L + f) =pcs at m 2

1m 2 / 0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 12 pcs /m 2 + 24 pcs. top screws type B/m2 + 12 pcs. bottom screws type C/m2

Thanks to its special geometric configuration, the TERRALOCK fastener allows to create decks with complex geometric layouts that will meet any aesthetic requirement. The two slotted holes and optimal positioning of the end stop allow for assembly on inclined substructures.

ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS

LEVELLING

The height-adjustable support can easily adapt to variations in substrate level. The rise also allows for ventilation under the joists.

DOUBLE REGULATION

Can be adjusted both from below, with a SW 10 wrench, or from above, using a flat-tip screwdriver. Fast, convenient, versatile system.

SUPPORT

The TPV plastic support base reduces the noise produced by footsteps and is UV-resistant. The ball-joint can adapt to uneven surfaces.

HEIGHT

can be adjusted from above and below

USE

MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel

FIELDS OF USE

Raising and levelling of the substructure.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

GEOMETRY

TECHNICAL DATA

UNEVEN SURFACES

The adjustment from top and bottom allows for the most precise installation of decks on uneven surfaces.

Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 10 mm diameter hole.

The depth of the pre-drill depends on the assembly height R and must be at least 16 mm (bushing size).

Use a hammer to insert the bushing.

Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.

Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.

Adjust the height of the support from the bottom using a 10 mm SW wrench.

Detail of adjustment from below.

JFA INSTALLATION WITH ADJUSTMENT FROM ABOVE

Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.

Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 10 mm diameter through hole.

We recommend a maximum of 60 cm between supports, to be checked according to depending on the load.

Use a hammer to insert the bushing.

Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.

Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.

Adjust the height of the support from above using a flat screwdriver.

Detail of adjustment from above.

Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.

CALCULATION EXAMPLE

The number of supports per m2 is to be evaluated according to the load magnitude and the joist spacing.

INCIDENCE OF SUPPORTS ON SURFACE (I):

q = load [kN/m 2]

MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS (a):

a = min a max, JFA a max, JFA = 1/pcs/m2/i a max, batten E ∙ J ∙384 f lim ∙ 5 ∙ q ∙ i 3 a max, batten =

i = between battens spacing

flim = instantaneous strain limit between supports

E = material elastic modulus

J = joist section inertia modulus

PRACTICAL EXAMPLE S = A x B = 6 m x 4 m = 24 m 2

PROJECT DATA BATTENS

PATIO SURFACE

B = 4 m

i a 30 mm 50 mm A = 6 m 0,50 m

LOADS

Overload

Category of use: category A (balconies) (EN 1991-1-1)

Admissible JFA support capacity Fadm

Joist material C20 (EN 338:2016)

Limit for instantaneous deflection between supports f lim a/400 -

Material elastic moment E0,mean 9,5 kN/mm 2

Moment of joist section inertia J (b ∙ h3)/12 112500 mm4

Maximum joist deflection fmax (5/384) ∙ (q ∙ i ∙ a4)/(E ∙ J) -

JFA NUMBER CALCULATION

NUMBER OF JFA SUPPORTS

CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

JOIST FLEXURAL LIMIT

flim = fmax

INCIDENCE a max, JFA = 1/n/i a max, JFA = 1/5,00/0,5 = 0,40 m

I = q/Fadm = pcs of JFA at m 2 I = 4,0 kN/m 2 /0,8 kN = 5,00 pcs/m 2 9,5 ∙ 112500 ∙ 384

Fadm = admissible JFA capacity [kN] with: therefore: I = q/Fadm = pcs of JFA at m 2

n = I ∙ S ∙ waste coeff. = pcs. of JFA n = 5,00 pcs/m 2 ∙ 24 m 2 ∙ 1,05 = 126 pcs of JFA waste coefficient = 1,05

SUPPORT STRENGTH LIMIT

a = = = 0,40

SUPPORT

ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS

THREE VERSIONS

The Small version (SUP-S) can be raised by up to 37 mm, the Medium version (SUP-M) by up to 220 mm and the Large version (SUP-L) by up to 1025 mm. All versions are adjustable in height.

STRENGTH

Sturdy system suitable for heavy loads. The Small (SUP-S) and Medium (SUP-M) versions can handle up to 400 kg. The Large version (SUP-L) can handle up to 1000 kg.

COMPATIBLE

All versions can be combined with a special head to facilitate lateral or upper fastening to the batten, which may be made of either timber or aluminium. A tile adapter is also available on request.

NEW “ALL IN ONE” SUP-L

It features not only excellent adjustability and load-bearing capacity, but also versatile, self-levelling heads that can automatically correct the slope of uneven installation surfaces by up to 5%; thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it can be adjusted from above for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.

MATERIAL

FIELDS OF USE

Substructure raising and levelling. Outdoor use.

polypropylene (PP)

DURABILITY

UV-resistant and suitable also for aggressive environment conditions. Ideal in combination with ALU TERRACE and KKA screws to create a system with excellent durability.

ADJUSTMENT FROM TOP

Thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it is adjustable from the top for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.

Ø Ø Ø1

CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-M

12

(*) SUPLEXT100 extension not usable.

Head to be ordered separately.

Codes

INTERLOCKING HEADS FOR SUP-L

ACCESSORIES FOR SUP-L

EXTENSIONS AND SLOPE ADAPTERS FOR SUP-L

INSTALLATION OF SUP-S WITH SUPSLHEAD1

INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD2

INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD1

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1

Fit the head SUPSLHEAD1 on the SUP-S and fix the batten with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
Fit the head SUPLHEAD1 on the SUP-L, adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the batten laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws. The tilting head allows self-levelling during installation for slopes of up to 5%.

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1 AND SUPLRING1

If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD1 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the batten laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD2 AND SUPLRING1

If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extensions to the SUP-L support and then fir the SUPLHEAD2 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height as required and place the batten inside the fins.

60 - 40 mm

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM TOP

Fit the SUPLHEAD3 head on SUP-L. Adjust the height of the support using SUPLKEY. Place the tiles on the supports. Level the floor by adjusting the height of the supports from the top with SUPLKEY without having to remove the tiles already installed. The tilting head allows self-levelling during installation for slopes of up to 5%.

INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM BOTTOM

If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD3 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Position the SUPLRING2. Adjust the height as required and position the flooring.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS - FASTENING

KKF AISI410

ALU TERRACE

ALUMINIUM PROFILE FOR PATIOS

TWO VERSIONS

ALUTERRA30 version for standard loads. ALUTERRA50 version, in black, for very high loads; can be used on both sides.

SUPPORT EVERY 1.10 m

ALUTERRA50 designed with a very high inertia so that the SUPPORTS can be positioned every 1,10 m (along the profile midline), even with high loads (4,0 kN/m 2).

DURABILITY

The substructure made of aluminium profiles guarantees excellent patio durability. The drainage channel allows water to run off and generates effective micro-ventilation.

SECTIONS [mm]

SERVICE CLASS

MATERIAL

class 15 anodised aluminium in graphite black aluminium

FIELDS OF USE

Patio substructure. Outdoor use.

DISTANCE 1.10 m

With an inter-profile distance of 80 cm (load: 4.0 kN/m2), the SUPPORTS can be spaced 1,10 m apart and placed along the ALUTERRACE50 midline.

COMPLETE SYSTEM

Ideal for use in combination with SUPPORT, fixed laterally with KKA screws. System with excellent durability.

Stabilization of ALUTERRA50 with stainless steel plates and KKA screws.

Aluminium substructure made with ALUTERRA30 and resting on GRANULO PAD

ACCESSORY CODES AND DIMENSIONS

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 100 - 50

A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 40 40 50

KKA AISI410
KKA COLOR

GEOMETRY

TERRACE 30

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

NOTES: upon request, P= 3000 mm version is available.

EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH SCREWS AND ALUTERRA30

50

Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.

Fix the ALU TERRACE with 4,0 mm diameter KKAN.

Fix the wooden or WPC boards directly on the ALU TERRACE with 5,0 mm diameter KKA screws.

EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH CLIP AND ALUTERRA50

Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.

Fix the ALU TERRACE with 4,0 mm diameter KKAN.

Fix the boards using FLAT concealed clips and 4,0 mm diameter KKAN screws.

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.

Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.

ALU
ALU TERRACE

Several ALUTERRA30 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional.

Line up the ends of 2 aluminium profiles.

Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the aluminium profiles and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws.

Do this on both sides to maximize stability. EXAMPLE PLACEMENT ON SUPPORT

Several ALUTERRA50 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional if the joint coincides with placement on the SUPPORT.

Connect the aluminium profiles with KKAN screws (diameter: 4,0 mm) and place 2 aluminium profiles end to end.

Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the lateral holes in the aluminium profiles and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws or KKAN 4,0 mm diameter.

Do this on both sides to maximize stability.

MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

ALU TERRACE 50

NOTES

• Example with limit deformation L/300;

• Useful load according to EN 1991-1-1:

- Category A areas = 2,0 ÷ 4,0 kN /m²;

ALU TERRACE 30

SUPPORT SUPPORT

i = battens spacing a = distance between supports

ALU TERRACE 50

- Areas susceptible to category C2 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 4.0 kN/m²;

- Areas susceptible to category C3 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 5,0 kN/m²;

i = battens spacing a = distance between supports

The calculation was performed considering, for safety purposes, the static diagram of a single-span beam in simple support loaded with a uniformly distributed load.

GROUND COVER

ANTI-VEGETATION TARP FOR SUBSTRATES

PERMEABLE

The anti-vegetation tarp prevents the growth of grasses and roots, protecting the patio substructure from the ground. Permeable to water, allowing it to flow off.

STRONG

The polypropylene non-woven fabric (50 g/m 2 ) effectively separates the patio substructure from the ground. Dimensions optimised for patios (1,6 m x 10 m).

NAG

LEVELING PAD

OVERLAPPABLE

Available in 3 thicknesses (2,0, 3,0 and 5,0 mm), can also be overlapped to obtain different thicknesses and thus effectively level the patio substructure.

DURABILITY

The EPDM material guarantees excellent durability, is not subject to sagging in time and does not suffer from exposure to sunlight.

GRANULO

GRANULAR RUBBER SUBSTRATE

THREE FORMATS

Available in sheet (GRANULOMAT 1,25 x 10 m), roll (GRANULOROLL and GRANULO100) or pad (GRANULOPAD 8 x 8 cm). Extremely versatile thanks to the variety of formats.

GRAINY RUBBER

Made of granules of recycled rubber thermal-bonded with polyurethane. Resistant to chemical interactions, maintains its characteristics in time and is 100% recyclable.

ANTI-VIBRATION

The thermal-bonded rubber granules dampen vibrations, thus insulating the noise produced by footsteps. Also ideal as a wall barrier and resilient strip for acoustic separation.

s: thickness | B: base| L : length

MATERIAL

rubber granules thermo-bound with PU

FIELDS OF USE

Substrate for substructures in wood, aluminium, WPC and PVC. Outdoor use. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.

GRANULO PAD
GRANULO ROLL
GRANULO MATT

TERRA BAND UV

BUTYL ADHESIVE TAPE

SPACER PROFILE

STAR FOR DISTANCES

COUNTERBORE CUTTER FOR KKT, KKZ, KKA

CRAB MINI

ONE-HANDED TERRACE CLAMP

CRAB MAXI

BOARD CLAMP, LARGE MODEL

SHIM

LEVELLING WEDGES

SHIM LARGE

LEVELLING WEDGES

THERMOWASHER

WASHER TO FASTEN INSULATION TO TIMBER

CE FASTENING WITH HBS SCREWS

The thermowasher is intended for use with screws with the CE marking in accordance with ETA. Ideal for Ø6 or Ø8 HBS screws, with lengths based on the thickness of the insulation to be fastened.

ANTI-THERMAL BRIDGE

Incorporated hole cover to avoid thermal bridges. Large cable spaces for proper plaster adhesion. Has a system that prevents the screw from pulling out.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SERVICE CLASS

MATERIAL

Propylene (PP) system

FIELDS OF USE

The propylene washer with an external diameter of 65 mm is compatible with 6 and 8 mm screw diameters. Suitable for all types of insulation and all fixture thicknesses.

ANCHOR FOR FASTENING INSULATION TO

BRICKWORK

CERTIFIED

Anchor with the CE mark in accordance with ETA, with certified resistance values. Double expansion with preassembled steel nails allows for fast versatile fastening on concrete and brickwork.

DOUBLE EXPANSION

Ø8 PVC double expansion anchor with preassembled steel nails, for fastening to concrete and brickwork. Can be used, with an additional washer, on particularly soft insulating materials.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

FIELDS OF USE

Anchor available in various measurements for different insulation thicknesses; can be used with an additional washer for use with soft insulation; method of use and certified laying possibilities indicated in the relative ETA document.

CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-INSULATING LAYER-CEMENT WALLS

TIMBER-INSULATING LAYER-CEMENT ENVELOPE

Designed for binding the cement finishing layer with the timber substructure of prefabricated timber-insulating layer-cement envelope walls.

REDUCED CEMENT LAYER

The omega shape of the connector allows the screw head to fit flush with the reinforcement of the cement layer without protruding, even in small thickness (up to 20 mm), and allows the screw to be applied at an angle of 0° to 45° to take full advantage of the screw thread withdrawal resistance.

LIFTING OF PREFABRICATED WALLS

Allowing the reduction of the cement finishing layer also results in a reduction of the layer's weight, thus returning the centre of gravity of the weight to the timber during handling and transport of the prefabricated walls.

FIELDS OF USE

• lightweight frame substructures

• timber, LVL, CLT, NLT based panel substructures

• hard and soft insulation layer

• cement-based finishing layers (plaster, concrete, lightweight concrete, etc.)

• metal reinforcements (electrowelded mesh)

• plastic reinforcements

MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
polypropylene

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

WRAF A2 | AISI304

INSTALLATION PARAMETERS

FINISH plaster, concrete, lightweight concrete, cement mortar s pl,min [mm] 20 minimum thickness

GRID Ø2 mm steel M [mm] 20 ÷ 30 mesh size

INSULATION LAYER continuous insulation (soft or rigid) s in,max [mm] 400 thickness

SUBSTRUCTURE solid timber, glulam, CLT, LVL l ef,min [mm] 4∙d1 minimum penetration length

SCREWS HBS, HBS EVO, SCI d 1 [mm] 6 ÷ 8 diameter

NOTE: The number and position of the fastening systems depends on the design of the surface, the kind of insulator and acting load.

INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS

Place the mesh for the surface finishing layer on top of the insulation, spacing it with the appropriate supports.

Apply the WRAF washers according to the defined arrangement, hooking it onto the net.

Fasten WRAF washers with screws to the substructure. Apply the finishing coat to the wall.

COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS

KMR 3373

KMR 3352

SCREWDRIVER

KMR 3338

SCREWDRIVER

KMR 3371 BATTERY

JIG

CORDLESS DRILL

• Soft / hard torque: 18/45 Nm

• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 510 (1/min)

• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1710 (1/min)

• Nominal tension: 12 V

• Weight (including battery): 1,0 kg

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

A 18 | ASB 18

CORDLESS DRILL

• Electronic anti-kickback function

• Soft / hard torque: 65/130 Nm

• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 560 (1/min)

• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1960 (1/min)

• Nominal tension: 18 V

• Weight (including battery): 1,8 kg / 1,9 kg

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

AUTOMATIC LOADER

• Screw length: 25 - 50 mm

• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm

• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

AUTOMATIC LOADER

• Screw length: 40 - 80 mm

• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm, 6 mm with HZB6PLATE

• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction"

SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER

• Screw length: 25 - 50 mm

• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm

• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)

• Weight: 2,2 kg

CODES

KMR 3338 KMR 3352

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER

• Screw length: 40 - 80 mm

• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm, 6 mm with HZB6PLATE

• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)

• Weight: 2,9 kg

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

BATTERY POWERED WITH BELT LOADER

• Adapter for processing plasterboard and gypsum fibreboard of timber and metal substructures

• Supplied in a case, with charger and two batteries

• Screw length: 25 - 55 mm

• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,5 mm

• Speed: 0 - 1800/500 (U/min)

• Weight: 2,4 kg

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

B 13 B

POWERED SCREWDRIVER

• Rated power consumption: 760 W

• Torque: 120 Nm

• Weight: 2,8 kg

• Neck Ø: 43 mm

• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 170 (1/min)

• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1320 (1/min)

• Screw without pre-drill: 11 x 400 mm screws

CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

ANKER NAILGUNS

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

RELATED PRODUCTS

ATEU0116
HH12100700 TJ100091
HH3722

4-SPEED DRILL DRIVER

• Rated power consumption: 2000 W

• For inserting long screws and threaded rods

• No. of revolutions under load in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th speeds: 120 - 210 - 380 - 650 U/min

• Weight: 8,6 kg

• Mandrel connection: conical MK 3

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

description

4-speed screwdriver

ACCESSORIES

FRICTION

• Tightening torque 200 Nm

• Square connection 1/2”

ADAPTER 1

• For MK3

SCREW HANDLE

• Increased safety

ADAPTER 2

• For sleeve

RELATED PRODUCTS

MANDREL

• Opening 1-13 mm

SLEEVES

• For RTR

CATCH

SCREWING DEVICE

• Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping

• Particularly useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

Ø8 Ø9 Ø9 [mm] 1 CATCHL Ø10 | Ø12 Ø11 | Ø13 - 1

Further information on the use of the product can be found at www.rothoblaas.com.

TORQUE LIMITER

TORQUE LIMITER

• It decouples as soon as the maximum torque is reached, thus protecting the screw from excessive load, especially in metal plate applications

• Also compatible with CATCH and CATCHL

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

TEMPLATE FOR VGU WASHER

• The VGU JIG template ensures precision pre-drilling and facilitates the VGS 45° screws fastening inside the washer

• Essential for perfect hole centring

• For diameters from 9 to 13 mm

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

JIGVGU945 VGU945 5,5 5 1

JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6,5 6 1

JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8,5 8 1

NOTE:Further information on page 190.

JIG VGZ 45°

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS

• For diameters from 7 to 11 mm

• Screw length indicators

• Screws can be inserted in double 45° mitre cuts

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

JIGVGZ45 steel template for screws at 45° 1

For detailed information on the use of the template, please see the installation manual on the website (www.rothoblaas.com).

BIT STOP

DRIVER BIT HOLDER WITH END STOP

• With O-ring to prevent wood damage at end of travel

• The internal device automatically stops the driver bit holder when it reaches the preset depth

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

DRILL STOP

COUNTERBORE CUTTER WITH DEPTH STOP

• Particularly indicated for build terraces

• The rotating depth stop stops at the workpiece and leaves no marks on the material

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

JIG ALU STA

DRILLING TEMPLATE FOR ALUMIDI AND ALUMAXI

• Position, drill, done! For drilling dowel holes easily, quickly and precisely

• It allows to drill precise holes for both ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI in a template

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

COLUMN

RIGID AND INCLINED DRILLING COLUMN

• For precise holes perpendicular to the work surface

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

BEAR

TORQUE WRENCH

• Precise tightening torque control

• Essential when screwing full thread screws into a metal plate

• Wide adjustment range

x

With 1/2'' square drive.

CRICKET

8 SIZES RATCHETING WRENCH

• Ratchet spanner with through hole and 8 bushings of varying sizes

• 4 ring spanners in a single tool

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

CODES AND DIMENSIONS CODE

/ M6 - 13 / M8

CRICKET

/ M12 - 22 / M14

/ M16 - 27 / M18

BEAR
BEAR2

WASP

HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS

TRANSPORT

• Fastened with just one screw, it allows significant time savings due to its quick assembly and disassembly

• The lifting hook can be used for both axial and lateral loads

• Certified pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

RAPTOR

TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS

• Multiple application possibilities with the choice of 2, 4 or 6 screws depending on the load.

• The lifting plate can be used for both axial and lateral loads

• Certified pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC CODES AND DIMENSIONS

LEWIS

DRILL BITS FOR DEEP DRILLING IN EUROPEAN SOFT AND HARDWOODS

• In alloy tool steel

• With round-section twist flute, threaded tip, very high quality main cutting edge and roughing tooth

• Version with independent head and hex shank (starting from Ø8 mm)

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

LEWIS - SET

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24

10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24

F1410403 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24

SNAIL HSS

TWIST DRILL BITS FOR HARDWOOD, MELAMINE-FACED BOARDS AND OTHER MATERIALS

• Very high quality polished drill bits, with 2 main cutting edges and 2 roughing teeth

• Special twist with smoothed flute for improved chip evacuation

• Ideal for free hand and stationary use

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SNAIL HSS - SET

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SNAIL PULSE

CARBIDE DRILL BIT IN HM WITH SDS DRILL CHUCK SHANK

• For drilling concrete, reinforced concrete, masonry and natural stone.

• The 4 spiral HM cutting edges ensure rapid forward movement.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

TORX BITS

Rotho Blaas Srl does not guarantee the legal and/or design conformity of data and calculations, as Rotho Blass provides indicative tools such as technical-commercial service within the sales activity.

Rotho Blaas Srl follows a policy of continuous development of its products, thereby reserving the right to modify their characteristics, technical specifications and other documentation without notice.

The user or the designer are responsible to verify, at each use, the conformity of the data to the regulations in force and to the project. The ultimate responsibility for choosing the appropriate product for a specific application lies with the user/designer.

The values resulting from "experimental investigations" are based on the actual test results and valid only for the test conditions specified.

Rotho Blaas Srl does not guarantee and in no case can be held responsible for damages, losses and costs or other consequences, for any reason (warranty for defects, warranty for malfunction, product or legal responsibility, etc.) deriving from the use or inability to use the products for any purpose; from non-conforming use of the product; Rotho Blaas Srl is not liable in any way for any errors in printing and/or typing. In the event of differences between the contents of the catalogue versions in the various languages, the Italian text is binding and takes precedence with respect to the translations. The latest version of the data sheets available can be found on the Rotho Blaas website.

Pictures are partially completed with accessories not included. Images are for illustration purposes only. The use of third party logos and trademarks in this catalogue is subject to the terms and conditions set out in the general conditions of purchase, unless otherwise agreed with the supplier. Packaged quantities may vary.

This catalogue is private property of Rotho Blaas Srl and may not be copied, reproduced or published, totally or in part, without prior written consent. All violations will be prosecuted according to law.

The general purchase and sale conditions of Rotho Blaas Srl are available on the website www.rothoblaas.com

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2023 by Rotho Blaas Srl

All renderings © Rotho Blaas Srl

FASTENING AIRTIGHTNESS AND WATERPROOFING

FALL PROTECTION TOOLS AND MACHINES SOUNDPROOFING

Rothoblaas is the multinational Italian company that has made innovative technology its mission, making its way to the forefront for timber buildings and construction safety in just a few years. Thanks to its comprehensive product range and the technically-prepared and widespread sales network, the company promotes the transfer of its knowhow to the customers and aims to be a prominent and reliable partner for developing and innovating products and building methods. All of this contributes to a new culture of sustainable construction, focused on increasing comfortable living and reducing CO2 emissions.

Via dell‘Adige N.2/1 | 39040, Cortaccia (BZ) | Italia Tel: +39 0471 81 84 00 | Fax: +39 0471 81 84 84 info@rothoblaas.com | www.rothoblaas.com

Rotho Blaas Srl

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.